WO2007116763A1 - Radio tag, radio tag information read device, and tag label creation device - Google Patents

Radio tag, radio tag information read device, and tag label creation device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2007116763A1
WO2007116763A1 PCT/JP2007/056468 JP2007056468W WO2007116763A1 WO 2007116763 A1 WO2007116763 A1 WO 2007116763A1 JP 2007056468 W JP2007056468 W JP 2007056468W WO 2007116763 A1 WO2007116763 A1 WO 2007116763A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
tag
circuit element
change
rfid
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2007/056468
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Mitsuo Hirota
Original Assignee
Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha filed Critical Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
Publication of WO2007116763A1 publication Critical patent/WO2007116763A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07GREGISTERING THE RECEIPT OF CASH, VALUABLES, OR TOKENS
    • G07G1/00Cash registers
    • G07G1/0018Constructional details, e.g. of drawer, printing means, input means

Definitions

  • Wireless tag wireless tag information reading device, tag label producing device
  • the present invention relates to a wireless tag including a wireless tag circuit element capable of wirelessly communicating information with the outside, a wireless tag information reading device that reads information from the wireless tag circuit element, and the wireless tag circuit
  • the present invention relates to a tag label producing apparatus for producing a RFID label having an element.
  • RFID Radio Frequency Identification
  • a wireless tag circuit element provided in a label-like wireless tag includes an IC circuit unit that stores predetermined wireless tag information and an antenna that is connected to the IC circuit unit and transmits and receives information. Even if the RFID tag is dirty or visible or placed in an invisible position, the reader Z / writer side accesses the RFID tag information in the ic circuit (reading information Z Writing) is possible.
  • predetermined identification information is stored in the IC circuit unit.
  • Information (object information) itself related to the corresponding object is often stored and held in a separate database. Then, for example, the identification information of the RFID tag circuit element related to the object is read by a reader (RFID information reader), and the database is searched based on the read identification information, whereby the object related to the object is detected. Get information.
  • a reading device provided for each sales floor of the store is connected to a database and a server provided at a location different from the store via a communication network. Attached to each product (object) displayed at each store in the store When the tag ID of the selected wireless tag is read by the reader (wireless station), this tag ID is transmitted to the server.
  • the server searches the information stored and held in the database based on the tag ID, and extracts and acquires various object information (product catalog information, inventory information, sales records, etc.) of the product corresponding to the tag ID.
  • the object information (article information) of the product thus obtained is subjected to a predetermined process based on an operation signal from a portable operation terminal possessed by a store clerk input to the server via the base station of each sales floor. It's like! /
  • Patent Document 1 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-147770
  • tag identification information is stored in the IC circuit unit, and object information is stored and held in a database and linked.
  • object information is stored and held in a database and linked.
  • the user wants to temporarily change the contents of the object information previously associated with the object as described above (for example, assuming that it is restored later) for convenience of use (for example, For example, when discounting the price of a product sold at a retail store, the restriction on entry / exit of the item 'person' in the item 'person monitor monitoring system is relaxed / released, etc.).
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a wireless tag, a wireless tag information reading device, and a tag label producing device that allow a general user to substantially change the contents of object information by an easy and simple method. .
  • the first invention provides an IC circuit unit for storing information, and this A wireless tag having a modification RFID circuit element having a tag-side antenna connected to an IC circuit section, wherein the IC circuit section of the modification RFID circuit element is the modification wireless tag circuit element
  • the IC circuit section of the modification RFID circuit element is the modification wireless tag circuit element
  • it is characterized by storing and holding modified information for changing at least a part of object information related to an object previously assumed or information corresponding thereto.
  • the storage capacity of the IC circuit unit of the RFID circuit element is not so large and limited, so that predetermined tag identification information (tag ID) is stored in the IC circuit unit, and the corresponding target Object information itself may be stored and held in a separate database and linked together.
  • tag ID predetermined tag identification information
  • the RFID tag information reading device reads the tag identification information of the RFID circuit element related to the target object (including not only articles but also humans, buildings, etc.) By searching the database based on the tag identification information read, the object information related to the object is acquired (the object information is stored in a barcode or the like instead of the RFID circuit element). It is the same when there is a
  • the user may change the content of the object information previously associated with the object as described above (assuming that the object information is restored later).
  • the change information (or information corresponding thereto) is stored and held in the change wireless tag circuit element corresponding to such a case!
  • the RFID tag information reading device reads the tag identification information of the (another) RFID circuit element related to the object previously assumed as the change object of the RFID circuit element for changing the RFID tag. (Or, read information such as a barcode with a barcode scanner, etc.), while obtaining the corresponding object information based on the above link, the modification RFID tag circuit element of the first invention of the present application is also obtained. By reading and acquiring the modified information based on this, it is possible to change all or part of the acquired object information (change / correct and recognize after reading). become.
  • the IC circuit portion of the RFID tag circuit element for change is the object stored in the RFID circuit element for an object related to the object assumed in advance.
  • the modified information for modifying at least a part of the object information or information corresponding thereto is stored and held.
  • the tag identification information of the (another) target RFID circuit element related to the object previously assumed as the change target of the change RFID circuit element is read by the RFID tag information reading device, and based on the link While acquiring the corresponding target object information, by reading the change RFID circuit element of the second invention of the present application and acquiring the change information based on this, the above-described target object information is obtained. All or part of the data can be changed (changes can be corrected and recognized after reading). As a result, it is not necessary to modify the object information in the database linked to the original tag identification information while maintaining it! Therefore, as in the case of restoring the object information after correcting the object information in the database.
  • the general user can substantially change the contents of the object information by an easy and simple method without requiring bothersomeness and advanced knowledge.
  • a third invention is characterized in that, in the above-mentioned second invention, there is provided a print area in which information relating to the change function of the change information is printed.
  • the IC circuit section of the change-use RFID tag circuit element is the target for checking with a target radio tag including the target RFID tag circuit element. Information or information corresponding to the information is stored and held.
  • the user mistakenly changes the RFID circuit element for changing the RFID tag of the fourth invention of the present application.
  • the object information Verify that it is not subject to change in some way, or verify it in some way In this case, it is possible to take various measures such as making the change impossible.
  • the IC circuit section of the RFID tag circuit element for modification uses the identification information of the article that is the object as the object information or information corresponding thereto. It is memorized and held.
  • the IC circuit section of the RFID tag circuit element for change uses the identification information of the person who is the object as the object information or information corresponding thereto. It is memorized and held.
  • the IC circuit section of the RFID tag circuit element for change corresponds to identification information of an article and a person as the target object as the target object information or the same.
  • the information to be stored is stored and held.
  • the IC circuit section of the RFID circuit element for change is specified by the identification information as the object information. It is characterized by storing and holding changed information related to an object or information corresponding thereto.
  • the IC circuit section of the RFID tag circuit element for change is the identification information and the change information of the article that is the target object as the target object information. Price information of a certain article or information corresponding thereto, and price change information of the article or information corresponding thereto as the change information are stored and held.
  • the price information of the article is obtained based on the information read to the target wireless tag circuit element related to the article as the object by the RFID tag information reading apparatus, while the modification of the ninth invention of the present application is performed.
  • the price information of the article can be substantially changed.
  • the IC circuit section of the RFID circuit element for change is the identification information and the change information of the article that is the target object as the target object information.
  • the movement restriction mode of the article or the information corresponding thereto and the movement restriction release information of the article or the information corresponding thereto as the change information are stored and held.
  • the movement restriction information of the article is acquired based on the information read to the target wireless tag circuit element related to the article as the object by the wireless tag information reading device, while the modification of the tenth invention of the present application is performed.
  • the movement restriction of the article can be substantially changed.
  • the IC circuit section of the changing RFID circuit element includes the identification information of the person who is the object and the change information as the object information.
  • the movement restriction mode of the person or information corresponding thereto and information on canceling the movement restriction of the person or information corresponding thereto as the change information are stored and held.
  • the wireless tag information reading device acquires the movement restriction information of the person based on the information read to the target wireless tag circuit element related to the person who is the object
  • the modification of the eleventh invention of the present application Movement based on reading information from RFID tag circuit elements
  • the IC circuit section of the RFID tag circuit element for change includes the identification information between the person who is the target object and the article as the target object information.
  • the information to be taken out by the person as the information to be changed 'take-in restriction mode or information corresponding thereto, and the information to be taken out as' changed information' release restriction or information corresponding thereto are stored and held. It is characterized by that.
  • the RFID tag information reading device obtains information on restricting bringing-in of the article by the person based on reading of information to the target RFID tag circuit element related to the article of the person as the object
  • the restriction can be substantially changed by acquiring the carry-in restriction release information based on the information read from the RFID circuit element for change according to the twelfth invention of the present application.
  • the thirteenth invention of the present application reads and transmits information by wireless communication with an RFID circuit element having an IC circuit section and a tag-side antenna connected to the IC circuit section. Based on the tag identification information stored and held in the IC circuit portion of the first RFID circuit element in response to the wireless communication via the device antenna and the reader antenna, the first RFID circuit element The object information related to the associated object is obtained and stored in the IC circuit unit of the second wireless tag circuit element, and the first wireless tag circuit element related to the second wireless tag circuit element is stored. Information acquisition means for acquiring change information for changing or processing at least a part of the object information or information corresponding thereto, and the tag information of the first RFID circuit element using the change information. And having a changing process means to change processing at least a portion of the acquired said object information based on the information.
  • the storage capacity of the IC circuit unit of the RFID circuit element is not so large and limited, so that predetermined tag identification information (tag ID) is stored in the IC circuit unit, and the corresponding target Object information itself may be stored and held in a separate database and linked together.
  • tag ID predetermined tag identification information
  • the wireless tag information reading device when the wireless tag is used by the user, the first object related to the target object (including not only articles but also persons, buildings, etc.) is used.
  • the information acquisition means searches the database, for example, based on the tag identification information that is read, and the object information related to the object To get.
  • the user may change the content of the object information previously associated with the object as described above (assuming that the object information is restored later).
  • the antenna on the reading device side is also applied to the second RFID circuit element of another RFID tag provided with the change information for changing the object information. Based on this, the information acquisition means acquires the changed information, and the change processing means changes all or part of the acquired object information (changes Correct and recognize.
  • the information acquisition means acquires the object information stored in the IC circuit section of the second RFID tag circuit element or information corresponding thereto.
  • the change processing means based on the object information related to the second RFID circuit element, at least a part of the object information acquired based on the tag identification information of the first RFID circuit element, It is characterized by change processing using the change information.
  • the information acquisition means acquires the object information (or information corresponding thereto) that is the object to be changed from the second RFID circuit element, so that the user mistakenly selects the second RFID circuit element. If the target information of the target object is acquired and it is attempted to change it using the modified information of the second RFID tag circuit element, the target information is collated. It is possible to take various measures such as confirming that it is not a change target in some form or making it impossible to change if the verification is inappropriate.
  • the information acquisition means causes the object information related to the first wireless tag circuit element and the pair related to the second wireless tag circuit element.
  • Collation means for obtaining the figurative information and the modified information, and collating and determining the matching between the tag identification information of the first RFID circuit element and the tag identification information of the second RFID circuit element.
  • the change processing means when the matching means determines that the matching of the tag identification information is recognized, the object information acquired based on the tag identification information of the first RFID circuit element. Change at least part of
  • the user erroneously acquires the object information of the object that is not supposed to be changed of the second RFID circuit element, and tries to change it using the changed information of the second RFID circuit element. However, it cannot be changed if the object information in the verification means is inappropriate.
  • the information acquiring means acquires the changed information or information corresponding thereto from the IC circuit section of the second wireless tag circuit element.
  • the object information is acquired based on the tag identification information of the first RFID circuit element
  • the change processing means is acquired based on the tag identification information of the first RFID circuit element. At least a part of the object information is changed by using the changed information.
  • the object information related to the first RFID circuit element that has been read within the predetermined time range before and after is the object information of the object that is assumed to be the change target of the second RFID circuit element.
  • the storage capacity can be reduced (or another application).
  • the configuration and control contents can be simplified and processed quickly.
  • the information acquisition means receives the identification information of the object as the object information and the information from the second RFID circuit element.
  • the change information related to the object specified by the identification information or information corresponding thereto is acquired, and the change processing means changes at least a part of the change information using the change information. It is characterized by doing.
  • the information acquisition means By acquiring information to be changed (or information corresponding thereto) from the second RFID circuit element by the information acquisition means, for example, different contents for the same object
  • a different RFID tag than the one intended to be modified by the user is used. It is possible to take various measures such as verifying in some way that information is not intended to be changed by collating information, or making it impossible to change if the collation is inappropriate.
  • the eighteenth invention of the present application relates to a tag medium in which an RFID circuit element having an IC circuit section for storing information and an antenna for transmitting and receiving information is arranged, or to this tag medium.
  • a tag label producing apparatus having a conveying means for conveying a print medium to be bonded and a communication means capable of transmitting and receiving information in a non-contact manner between the RFID circuit element conveyed by the conveying means.
  • the tag medium or the print-receiving medium is transported by the transport means, and information is transmitted / received to / from the transported RFID circuit element via the communication means.
  • a tag label is created using the line tag circuit element.
  • the IC circuit unit stores predetermined tag identification information (tag ID)
  • tag ID tag ID
  • Corresponding object information itself may be stored and held in a separate database and linked.
  • the tag identification information of the RFID circuit element related to the target object including not only articles but also persons, buildings, etc.
  • searching the database based on the tag identification information read the object information related to the object is acquired.
  • the user may have changed the content of the object information previously associated with the object as described above for the convenience of use (assuming that it will be restored later).
  • the writing control means writes the changed information (or information corresponding thereto) to the RFID circuit element.
  • the RFID tag information reading device reads the tag identification information of the (another) RFID circuit element related to the object previously assumed as the object of change of the RFID circuit element of the RFID label, and the above-mentioned linking is performed. While obtaining the object information corresponding to the above, the RFID tag circuit element of the RFID label produced by the tag label producing apparatus of the seventeenth invention of the present application is also read and the modified information is obtained based on this reading. Thus, all or a part of the acquired object information can be changed (read / changed / recognized after reading).
  • a change tag mode for writing the changed information or information corresponding thereto by the write control means, and the changed information or the corresponding information
  • a mode switching means for switching between a normal tag mode in which information to be written is not written.
  • the user can selectively change the mode according to the application and needs, and the RFID tag element having the RFID tag circuit element with the changed information (or information corresponding thereto) can be changed. Since the same tag label producing device can produce both the normal RFID tag that does not include the digitized information in the RFID circuit element, the convenience is improved.
  • the write control means includes the change information or information corresponding thereto, the identification information of the object as the object information, and the identification information.
  • the change information related to the object specified in (1) or information corresponding thereto is written in the IC circuit section of the RFID circuit element, and a setting signal for setting the contents of the change information or the change information is provided. It has a setting signal input means for inputting.
  • the user can set the contents of the changed information and the changed information by, for example, an appropriate setting means. By doing so, the creation of the tag label for changing the object information can be performed more easily and smoothly.
  • the mode switching means receives the identification information of the object or information corresponding to the object from the RFID tag information reading device.
  • the operation mode is switched to the change tag mode, and the write control unit writes the identification information and the corresponding information to be changed or information corresponding thereto into the IC circuit unit of the RFID circuit element.
  • the object Identification information (or corresponding information) is input to the tag label producing device, the operation mode is automatically switched to the change tag mode by the mode switching means, and the RFID label with the corresponding change information is created. I can do it. Therefore, it is possible to easily create a RFID label with changed information corresponding to each object, and to improve user convenience.
  • the twenty-second invention is the display according to the twentieth or twenty-first invention, wherein the display means outputs a display signal for displaying a changed setting screen for setting the information to be changed and the contents of the changed information. It has a signal output means.
  • the contents of the information to be changed and the information to be changed are displayed on the change setting screen, and the user can change the object information by enabling the user to set various information contents on the change setting screen.
  • the tag label can be created more easily and smoothly.
  • FIG. 1 is a system configuration diagram showing an overall outline of an accounting system including a wireless tag according to the present embodiment and a wireless tag information reading device that reads wireless tag information stored in the wireless tag.
  • this accounting system 1 is arranged in a retail store such as a supermarket, and a register 3 for accounting for goods 2 and an appropriate communication with this register 3 are provided. It is configured with database 6 connected via network NW.
  • the product (object) 2 is printed with a fixed price tag label (a tag label having a first RFID tag circuit element) Tb on which the fixed price is printed, and a discount amount for discounting the price power with a time service or the like.
  • a fixed price tag label a tag label having a first RFID tag circuit element
  • Two discount tag labels (tag labels equipped with second RFID circuit elements) Th are attached (detailed structure of tag labels Tb and Th will be described later).
  • the regular price tag label Tb is always affixed while the product 2 is displayed on the product shelf.
  • the discount tag label Th is displayed after a predetermined time elapses while the product 2 is displayed ( Or it is affixed to a product temporarily (limited to a certain period of time).
  • what is attached to the product 2 is not necessarily limited to the tag label format, and may be a wireless tag having the same function in other formats such as a card format.
  • the register 3 is connected to the tag label Tb that is constantly attached to the product 2 (target object) via wireless communication.
  • 1st RFID tag circuit element see FIG. 2
  • RFID tag circuit element To provided on tag label Th temporarily affixed to product 2 second RFID tag circuit element as a modification RFID circuit element
  • Identification information hereinafter referred to as tag ID
  • tag ID function as a wireless tag information reader
  • accounting calculation is performed based on the tag ID, and tag labels Tb, Th itself It also has a function as a tag label creation device that creates
  • the register 3 is an antenna as a reading device side antenna (in this example, a planar antenna) for reading information stored in each IC circuit unit 150 by wireless communication with the tag labels Tb and Th 4 And a register body 5 having an operation section, a display section, a receipt printing section, and a tag label creation section, which will be described later, and a tag label creation section (tag label creation section).
  • Equipment) 11 an operation section (setting signal input means) 14 for inputting instructions and information from the operator, a display section (display means) 15 for displaying information and messages such as various amounts, etc.
  • It has a receipt printing unit 16 that prints the details of the item 2 and the amount of money on roll paper and outputs it as a receipt 18.
  • the register body 5 is connected to the database 6 via the communication network NW, and can transmit and receive various information corresponding to the tag ID read by each RFID circuit element To force.
  • the operation unit 14 includes a numeric keypad (not shown) for inputting numbers, a start switch 31, an end switch 32, an accounting switch 33, a list price tag creation switch 34, a discount tag creation switch 35, and a total. Switch 36 is provided.
  • FIG. 2 is a functional block diagram showing an outline of the accounting system 1 of the present embodiment.
  • each tag label Tb, Th has a label body 149 on which a fixed price or a discount price is directly printed. Inside the label body 149, an antenna 151 and an IC circuit section 150 are provided. The RFID circuit element To including the above is included.
  • the register body 5 of the register 3 includes a CPU (central processing unit) 10, the tag label creating unit 11, and a network that controls transmission / reception of control signals and information signals to / from the database 6 via the communication network NW.
  • an RF communication control unit 17 for controlling communication.
  • the CPU 10 performs signal processing in accordance with a program stored in advance in the ROM while using the temporary storage function of the RAM, thereby detecting the tag labels Tb and Th and processing for acquiring the corresponding information from the database 6.
  • the accounting process and the like are performed, and the tag label creating unit 11 performs the process of creating the tag labels Tb and Th.
  • the database 6 includes a CPU (central processing unit) 21, a memory 22 similar to the above, a hard disk device 23 that stores various types of information related to the tag labels Tb and Th, and a register via the communication network NW. And a network communication control unit 24 for controlling transmission / reception of control signals and information signals to / from 3.
  • the accountant in the register 3 When the operator passes (or makes contact with) the product 2 to the area near the planar antenna 4, the register 3 is attached to the product 2 via the planar antenna 4, and the tag labels Tb, Th, etc. Each tag ID is detected, and register 3 obtains information such as the list price or discount price corresponding to the detected tag ID from database 6 through communication network NW and performs accounting calculation. .
  • the operator inputs the item of the product 2 into the register 3, so that the list price information (the price information, the change target) set in advance in the database 6 in association with each item.
  • Information, object information) or discount amount information (price change information, change information) and tag IDs that are set in association with these information are acquired via the communication network NW, and the RFID circuit element
  • the tag ID acquired in the IC circuit section 150 of the wireless tag circuit element To is written on a tag tape (to be described later) equipped with To, and each amount information acquired is printed on the surface of the tag tape to tag tag Tb, Th Create
  • FIG. 3 is a functional block diagram showing detailed configurations of the CPU 10, the RF communication control unit 17, and the planar antenna 4 in the register 3.
  • the RF communication control unit 17 of the register 3 accesses the information (the RFID tag information including at least the tag ID) of the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To via the planar antenna 4.
  • the CPU 10 of the register 3 processes the signal read from the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To and reads information, and also provides access information for accessing the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To. Including the function to generate, it controls the overall operation of register 3.
  • the RF communication control unit 17 receives a reflected wave from the RFID tag circuit element To received by the planar antenna 4 and a transmission unit 212 that transmits a signal to the RFID circuit element To via the planar antenna 4 Receiving section 213 and transmission / reception separator 214.
  • the transmitting unit 212 generates a carrier wave for accessing (reading or writing) the RFID tag information of the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To.
  • PLL Phase Locked Loop
  • VCO Voltage Controlled Oscillator
  • the transmission multiplier circuit 216 that modulates the generated carrier wave (in this example, amplitude modulation based on the “TX—ASK” signal from the CPU 10) (however, in the case of the “TX—ASK signal”), In this example, the amplification factor is determined by the “TX-PWR” signal from the CPU 10. )
  • Variable transmission amplifier 217 Variable transmission amplifier 217.
  • the generated carrier wave uses, for example, a frequency in the UHF band or microwave band, and the output of the transmission amplifier 217 is transmitted to the planar antenna 4 via the transmission / reception separator 214 to be transmitted to the RFID circuit element To. Is supplied to the IC circuit unit 150.
  • the RFID tag information is not limited to the signal modulated as described above, but may be only a carrier wave.
  • the receiving unit 213 includes a first reception multiplier circuit 218 that multiplies and demodulates the reflected wave of the RFID circuit element received by the planar antenna 4 and the generated carrier wave, and the reception first multiplier 218.
  • 1 Output power of multiplication circuit 218 First band nos filter 219 for extracting only a signal of a necessary band, first reception amplifier 221 for amplifying the output of the first band pass filter 219, and this reception first amplifier
  • the output of 221 is further amplified and converted into a digital signal, and the reflected wave from the RFID circuit element To received by the planar antenna 4 and the phase generated by the phase shifter 227 are generated after the generation.
  • the signal “RXS—I” output from the first limiter 220 and the signal “RXS—Q” output from the second limiter 224 are input to the CPU 10 and processed.
  • the outputs of the reception first amplifier 221 and the reception second amplifier 225 are also input to an RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) circuit 226 as strength detection means, and a signal "RSSI” indicating the strength of these signals is input. ”Is now input to CPU10! / In this manner, in the register 3 of the present embodiment, the reflected wave from the RFID tag circuit element To is demodulated by IQ quadrature demodulation.
  • RSSI Receiveived Signal Strength Indicator
  • FIG. 4 is a conceptual explanatory diagram showing a schematic configuration of the tag label creating unit 11.
  • the tag label producing unit 11 continuously rolls a tag tape (tag medium) 303 provided with RFID circuit elements To described later at a predetermined interval around a tag tape roll 304 to continuously feed the tag tape 303.
  • Each of the RFID tag circuit elements of the cartridge holder 308 to which the cartridge 300 to be attached and detached can be attached and the tag tape 303 (or a print medium (not shown) attached to the tag tape 303) fed out from the tag tape roll 304.
  • the cut tag tape 303 is cut to a predetermined length, and the tag labels Tb and Th are provided so as to face the cutter 307 and the print head 305.
  • the tag tape 303 is conveyed by being controlled by the control circuit 302.
  • the high-frequency circuit 301 and the control circuit 302 included in the tag label creating unit 11 are not described in detail, but have substantially the same functions as the RF communication control unit 17 and the CPU 10 of the register 3 described above.
  • RFID tag circuit element RFID tag circuit element provided in fixed price tag label Tb or RFID tag circuit element provided in discount tag label Th
  • Access information to IC circuit part 150 of To (including at least tag ID as identification information)
  • the database 6 force is also acquired, transmitted to the RFID circuit element To via the device-side antenna 306, and information is written to the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To.
  • FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing an example of a functional configuration of the RFID circuit element To provided in common to the tag labels Tb and Th.
  • the RFID circuit element To includes an antenna 151 that transmits and receives signals in a non-contact manner using the planar antenna 4 of the register 3 and a high frequency such as a UHF band or a microwave, as described above.
  • An IC circuit unit 150 connected to the antenna 151 is provided.
  • the IC circuit unit 150 rectifies the carrier wave received by the antenna 151 that is the tag side antenna, and accumulates and drives the energy of the carrier wave rectified by the rectifier unit 152.
  • a power supply unit 153 for making a dynamic power source a clock extraction unit 154 that extracts a carrier clock received by the antenna 151 and supplies the clock signal to a control unit (described later) 157, and stores a predetermined information signal.
  • the RFID circuit element To through the memory unit 155 functioning as a possible information storage unit, the modulation / demodulation unit 156 connected to the antenna 151, the rectification unit 152, the clock extraction unit 154, the modulation / demodulation unit 1 56, etc. And a control unit 157 for controlling the operation of the apparatus.
  • Modulation / demodulation unit 156 demodulates the communication signal received from antenna 151 from planar antenna 4 of register 3, and received from planar antenna 4 based on the return signal from control unit 157. Modulate carrier wave and retransmit as reflected wave from antenna 151
  • the control unit 157 interprets the received signal demodulated by the modulation / demodulation unit 156, generates a reply signal based on the information signal stored in the memory unit 155, and generates the return / modulation signal.
  • the basic control such as the control of returning by 156 is executed.
  • the clock extraction unit 154 extracts the clock component of the received signal force and extracts the clock to the control unit 157, and supplies the control unit 157 with a clock corresponding to the speed of the clock component of the received signal. To do.
  • the memory unit 155 stores at least tag IDs for individually identifying the tag labels Tb and Th. These tag IDs are between the fixed price tag label Tb and the discount tag label Th. It is information that can be distinguished by. Corresponding to this, the register 3 can detect the price tag label Tb and the discount tag label Th separately.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an example of the overall schematic structure of the tag labels Tb and Th.
  • FIG. 6 (a) is a top view of the fixed price tag label Tb
  • FIG. 6 (b) is a top view of the discount tag label Th. It is.
  • the tag labels Tb and Th are, for example, a substantially sheet-shaped label main body 149 and the RFID circuit element To arranged on the label main body 149, as described above. I have.
  • printing of these list price printing information Rb and discount printing information Rh is not essential, but if a label on which the list price or product name is printed is affixed, it is not a letter but a figure, code, or simple color. It may be a paint (can be achromatic) or a pattern.
  • the product 2 is provided with the regular price tag label T b that stores the tag ID associated with the product 2 in order to obtain the regular price from the database 6.
  • the discount tag label Th corresponding to the information for processing to change the above list price (discount or increase) after a predetermined time has passed (or temporarily) is pasted on the product 2, and the register 3 The processing corresponding to this is to be performed. The details are explained below in order.
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram conceptually showing the flow of information processing and accounting calculation when only the regular price tag label Tb is affixed to the product 2.
  • the product tag ID tag identification information
  • the fixed amount information 300 yen in this example
  • the fixed amount is obtained from the database 6 via the communication network NW, and the fixed amount is directly accounted for as the selling price of the single product. This is the accounting for product 2 in the normal case.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by CPU 10 of register 3.
  • FIG. 9 for example, when the start switch 31 (see FIG. 1) in the operation unit 14 is pressed, this flow is started.
  • step S5 in this example, it is determined whether or not the accounting switch 33 (see FIG. 1) in the operation unit 14 of the register 3 is pressed. If the accounting switch 33 is pressed to perform an accounting operation by the operator, the determination is satisfied, and after performing the accounting process of step S100, the process proceeds to step S10. On the other hand, if the accounting switch 33 has not been pressed, the determination is not satisfied, and the routine goes directly to Step S10.
  • step S10 it is determined whether or not the regular price tag label creation switch 34 (see Fig. 1) is pressed. If the operator presses the price tag label creation switch 34 to create the price tag label Tb, the determination is satisfied, and after the price tag label creation process (normal mode) of step S 200 is performed, step S 15 Move on. On the other hand, if the list price tag creation switch 34 has not been pressed, the determination is not satisfied and the routine goes directly to step S15.
  • step S15 it is determined whether or not the discount tag label creation switch 35 (see Fig. 1) is pressed. If the operator has pressed the discount tag label creation switch 35 to create the discount tag label Th, the judgment is satisfied, and after the discount tag label creation processing (change tag mode) of step S300 is performed Move on to step S20. On the other hand, if the discount tag label creation switch 35 is not pressed, the determination is not satisfied, and the routine goes directly to step S20.
  • step S20 it is determined whether or not the end switch 32 (see FIG. 1) is being pressed. If the operator presses the end switch 32 to end the operation in register 3, the determination is satisfied and the flow ends. On the other hand, if the end switch 32 is not pressed, the determination is not satisfied, that is, the operation in the register 3 continues. Return to step S5 and repeat the same procedure.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of the accounting process executed by CPU 10 of register 3 in step S 100 described above.
  • step S105 the total amount S of sales for each customer is reset to zero.
  • step S110 it is determined whether or not the tag labels Tb and Th are detected from the planar antenna 4 of the register 3.
  • the method for detecting the tag labels Tb and Th will not be described in detail here, but a question command signal that requests a response to all tag labels Tb and Th, such as the “Scroll All ID” signal, by a known method.
  • a question command signal that requests a response to all tag labels Tb and Th, such as the “Scroll All ID” signal
  • Is transmitted from the planar antenna 4 via the RF communication control unit, and all response signals transmitted by the tag labels Tb and Th are received by the same planar antenna 4.
  • detection of the tag labels Tb and Th is continued for a predetermined time range after receiving the first response signal so that a plurality of tag labels Tb and Th affixed to one product 2 can be detected.
  • step S 110 the loop is repeated until at least one response signal is received, and the question signal is repeatedly transmitted.
  • step S 115 it is determined whether or not the response signal from the tag label Tb, Th detected in step S 110 includes the article tag ID.
  • Price tag label Tb should always be attached to one product 2 and the product tag ID should be detected. If the product tag ID is not detected and only other response signals are detected, The judgment is not satisfied. Error processing is performed, and this accounting process flow is terminated. On the other hand, if the article tag ID is detected, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S125.
  • step S125 based on the detected article tag ID, the database 6 (abbreviated as DB in the figure, the same shall apply hereinafter) is accessed and searched, and the list price information indicating the list price of the corresponding product 2 is displayed. (The price is abbreviated as “list price” in the figure and the following description) is acquired from the database 6 and the process proceeds to the next step S130.
  • step S130 it is determined whether or not the response signal from the tag labels Tb and Th detected in step S110 includes the change tag ID, and whether or not the force is high. If the change tag ID is included ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ , the judgment is not satisfied, i.e., this product 2 is discounted to the list price Since it is regarded that there is no change such as bend, the process proceeds to step S145 as it is without performing the change processing of step S135 and step S140. On the other hand, when the change tag ID is detected, the change processing of the next step S135 and step S140 is performed.
  • the database 6 is accessed and searched based on the detected change tag ID, and the discount amount information indicating the discount amount of the corresponding product 2 (in the figure and in the following description).
  • the discount price is abbreviated (from the database 6) and calculated in step S140 by subtracting the discount price from step S125. ).
  • the discount amount is set as an absolute amount that is directly deducted from the list price.
  • the discount amount may be set as a percentage of the list price (for example, 10% discount). In that case, the discount amount is calculated at that rate, and it is deducted from the list price.
  • this discount amount may be set so as to change with the passage of time.In that case, although not shown in particular, the discount amount is changed according to the passage of time by providing the database 6 with a clock function. Make information available.
  • step S145 a display control signal is output to the display unit 15 to display the fixed price at that time (the sales price from which the discount price has been subtracted if discounted).
  • a print control signal may be output to the receipt printing unit 16 so that the regular price (sales price) at that time is printed on the receipt 18. At this time, the item 2 and the discount price of the product 2 are also displayed.
  • step S150 the current price (sales price) is added to the total price S, and the process proceeds to the next step S155.
  • step S155 it is determined whether or not the total switch 36 (see Fig. 1) is pressed. If total switch 36 is not pressed, the determination is not satisfied, that is, it is considered that there is another product 2 to be accounted for by the same customer, and the process returns to step S110 and the same procedure is repeated. On the other hand, if total switch 36 is pressed, the determination is satisfied, that is, it is considered that accounting for all products 2 purchased by the same customer has been completed, and display unit 15 is displayed in the next step S160. The control signal is output to display the total amount S of the sales amount of all products 2 (and the total amount S is printed on the receipt 18), and this flow is finished. [0113] FIG.
  • step S205 the operation is performed by the operation unit 14 of the register 3 shown in FIG. 1 (or the operation unit of another PC terminal (not shown) connected via the communication network NW). Enter (recognize) the item of product 2 to be affixed with the fixed price tag label Tb.
  • the name of the item may be input as it is, such as a keyboard, or, for example, a menu listing all items is displayed on the display unit 15 and the force is also selected and input. Try to help.
  • step S210 the process proceeds to step S210, and the database 6 is accessed and searched based on the product item input in step S210, and the corresponding article tag ID and regular price printing information Rb are obtained from the database 6. Then, the process proceeds to next Step S215.
  • step S215 a command signal is output to the control circuit 302 of the tag label producing unit 11 (see FIG. 4), and the RFID tag circuit element To included in the tag tape 303 is obtained in step S210.
  • the product tag ID is written, and the fixed price printing information Rb is printed in a predetermined area (fixed price printing area Ab) on the surface of the label main body 149 (tag tape 303).
  • a command signal is output to the control circuit 302 of the tag label creating unit 11, and the tag tape 303 is cut by the cutter 307 of the tag label creating unit 11 so that one RFID circuit element To is connected.
  • the provided fixed price tag label Tb is created and this flow is terminated.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of the discount tag label creation process executed by CPU 10 of register 3 in step S300.
  • the control procedure shown in FIG. 12 is almost the same as the flowchart of the regular price tag label generation process shown in FIG. 11, and only the procedure that is mainly different will be described below.
  • step S305 a commodity item is input in the same manner as in step S205 in FIG. 11, and in the next step S310, based on the input commodity item in the same manner as in step S210 in FIG. Get the corresponding change tag ID and discount print information Rh from database 6.
  • the above-described discount amount information that is the basis of this discount print information Rh is, for example, the control circuit 302 of the tag label creation unit 11 (or the CPU 10 of the register 3).
  • the user may set various information contents in advance through the operation unit 14 while viewing the modified setting screen.
  • the product 2 may be selected and specified by menu selection on the operation unit 14, and the above-mentioned various information may be set based on the selection.
  • the amount itself may be directly input from the operation unit 14. It may be set in database 6 as monetary information!
  • step S315 a command signal is output to the tag label producing unit 11 in the same manner as in step S215 in Fig. 11 above, and the obtained change tag ID is assigned to the RFID circuit element To provided in the tag tape 303.
  • step S315 a command signal is output to the tag label producing unit 11 in the same manner as in step S215 in Fig. 11 above, and the obtained change tag ID is assigned to the RFID circuit element To provided in the tag tape 303.
  • step S315 a command signal is output to the tag label producing unit 11 in the same manner as in step S215 in Fig. 11 above, and the obtained change tag ID is assigned to the RFID circuit element To provided in the tag tape 303.
  • step S315 a command signal is output to the tag label producing unit 11 in the same manner as in step S215 in Fig. 11 above, and the obtained change tag ID is assigned to the RFID circuit element To provided in the tag tape 303.
  • step S315 a command signal is output to the tag label producing unit 11 in the same manner as
  • step S320 the tag tape 303 is cut to create a discount tag label Th as in step S220 of Fig. 11, and this flow is ended.
  • step S110, step S125 and step S135 in the flow of FIG. 10 correspond to the information acquisition means described in each claim, and step S140 in the flow of FIG. 10 corresponds to the change processing means.
  • step S315 in the flow of 12 corresponds to write control means.
  • step S10 and step S15 in the flow of FIG. 9 correspond to mode switching means.
  • the change tag ID corresponding to the discount amount information for changing the amount information only in the register 3 is stored and held. (Note that the discount amount information itself is written and stored in the IC circuit unit 150. You can do it! /,).
  • the register 3 is associated with the fixed price tag label Tb based on the article tag ID stored and held in the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To included in the fixed price tag label Tb.
  • the fixed price tag label Tb and the discount tag label Th itself used as described above can be created by the tag label creating unit 11 provided in the register 3. That is, for example, when producing the discount tag label Th, the tag label producing unit 11 is provided with the tag tape 303 via the antenna 306 while the tag tape 303 is carried by the carrying device, and the IC of the RFID circuit element To A control procedure for writing the change tag ID corresponding to the discount amount information for changing the list price information related to the product 2 assumed in advance for the RFID tag circuit element To to the circuit unit 150 (see FIG. 12). Step S315) in the flow is performed, and a tag label Th is created using the RFID circuit element To.
  • the information stored in the RFID tag circuit element To of the discount tag label Th may store the discount amount information itself instead of the change tag ID for acquiring the discount amount information.
  • the flat tag 4 of the register 3 is stored in the fixed price tag label Tb, and is stored in the product tag ID and the discount tag label Th.
  • the register 3 changes the discount price information. be able to.
  • the label main body 149 of the discount tag label Th is provided with the discount print area Ah in which the discount print information Rh related to the discount amount information is printed.
  • the register 3 acquires the change tag ID corresponding to the discount amount information from the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To of the discount tag label Th.
  • the above list price information is acquired based on the article tag ID of the above list price tag label Tb.
  • the list price information acquired within the predetermined time range before and after is regarded as the list price information of the product 2 that is assumed to be changed in the discount tag label Th, and is changed using the discount price information. .
  • the tag label creating unit 11 writes the change tag ID corresponding to the discount amount information, the discount tag label creating process according to the flow of FIG. 12, and the discount A control procedure (step S10 and step S15 in the flow of FIG. 9) is performed to switch to the fixed price tag label creation processing by the flow of FIG. 11 in which the change tag ID corresponding to the amount information is not written.
  • the user can selectively switch the creation process of the tag labels Tb and Th according to the application and needs, so that the change tag ID corresponding to the discount amount information is provided in the RFID circuit element To.
  • the tag label creation unit 11 can create both the discount tag label Th and the fixed price tag label Tb that does not have the change tag ID corresponding to the discount amount information in the RFID circuit element To. improves.
  • the control circuit 302 (or the CPU 10 of the register 3) of the tag label creating unit 11 sets the contents of the fixed price amount information and the discount amount information on the display unit 15. Is output to the display unit 15 to display the contents of the list price information and discounted amount information on the change setting screen of the display unit 15, and the user can display the information contents on the change setting screen.
  • the creation of the discount tag label Th for changing the list price information can be performed more easily and smoothly.
  • step S 15 in the flow of FIG.
  • the force for determining whether or not to perform the discount tag label creation processing is not limited to this.
  • the determination may be made based on whether or not the product tag ID of the regular price tag label Tb is detected from the flat antenna 4.
  • the discount tag label creation process starts by passing the price tag label Tb of the product 2 to be discounted through the area near the flat antenna 4 and detecting the product tag ID.
  • step S305 is omitted in the flow of FIG. 12.
  • step S310 the change tag ID and the discount print information that are set in advance based on the detected article tag ID are stored from the database 6. What is necessary is just to acquire (it is not specifically shown and the subsequent control procedures are the same).
  • the product tag ID of the RFID tag circuit element To of the regular price tag label Tb related to the predetermined product 2 is obtained via the RF communication control unit 17 and the planar antenna 4 connected to the tag label creating unit 11. If detected, a change tag ID corresponding to the product 2 is acquired from the database 6 based on the product tag ID and input to the tag label creation unit 11 to create a discount tag label Th with the corresponding change tag ID.
  • the discount tag label Th that stores the change tag ID corresponding to each product 2 can be easily created, and the convenience for the user can be further improved.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and the item of the product 2 is identified together with the change tag ID. Possible item tag IDs may also be stored in the discount tag label Th.
  • FIG. 14 shows information processing and accounting when the fixed price tag label Tb for storing the product tag ID and the discount tag label Th for storing the product tag ID and the change tag ID are attached to the product (article) 2. It is a figure which represents the flow of calculation notionally.
  • the first item tag ID stored in the fixed price tag label Tb, the second item tag ID and the change tag ID stored in the discount tag label Th are detected from the planar antenna 4 of the register 3. Will be.
  • Register 3 compares the first item tag ID and the second item tag ID, and they match. (Whether or not it is a tag ID corresponding to the same product item). If they do not match, it is considered that the discount tag label Th does not correspond to the product 2 and error handling is performed. If they match, the list price information corresponding to the first article tag ID and the discount price information corresponding to the change tag ID are obtained from the database 6 respectively, and based on these, the price information is changed by the discount price information. In this way, the sales price of a single product is calculated and accounted for.
  • the first product tag ID is also detected from the fixed price tag label Tb force, and the second product tag ID is detected from the discount tag label Th.
  • the first product tag ID is also detected from the fixed price tag label Tb force
  • the second product tag ID is detected from the discount tag label Th.
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of the accounting process executed by the CPU 10 of the register 3 in this modification, and is a diagram corresponding to FIG. 10 in the first embodiment.
  • the flow shown in FIG. 15 is roughly the same as the flow shown in FIG. 10, and basically the steps S 137 and S 139 are added after step S 135 in the flow shown in FIG. Is different.
  • step S115 it is determined that the first product tag ID is detected.
  • step S125 the list price information corresponding to the first product tag ID is acquired from the database 6. The above different procedures are described below.
  • the discount amount information corresponding to the change tag ID is acquired from database 6 in step S135, and then the process proceeds to step S137, detected in step S110, and response signals from tag labels Tb and Th. It is determined whether the second article tag ID is included in the power.
  • the second product tag ID to be checked against the first product tag ID stored in the fixed price tag label Tb should be detected from the discount tag label Th, and if the second product tag ID is If it is not detected, the judgment is not satisfied, that is, it is considered that the defective or inappropriate discount tag label Th is attached to the product 2, and the error processing of step S120 is performed, and this accounting process flow is performed. Exit.
  • the second article tag ID is detected, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S139.
  • step S139 the first article tag ID and the discount tag label whose tag price Tb force is also detected are detected.
  • Bell Th force It is determined whether or not the detected second article tag ID is a force or not, that is, whether the two article tag IDs are identification information corresponding to the same product 2. If the two product tag IDs do not match, that is, if the product tag IDs are tag identification information corresponding to different products 2, the determination is not satisfied, that is, the same product 2 with the fixed price tag label Tb It is considered that the wrong tag label Th does not correspond to the wrong one, and the error processing in step S120 is performed, and this accounting processing flow is ended. On the other hand, if the two product tag IDs match, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S140. The other procedures are the same as those in FIG.
  • the fixed price tag label creation process performed in the present modification is the product tag ID acquired in step S210 and the tag written in step S215 in the flowchart of FIG. 11 in the first embodiment.
  • Each ID is the first item tag ID, and the others are the same.
  • the discount tag label creation process performed in the present modification example is the flowchart of Fig. 12 in the first embodiment, and the tag ID acquired in step S310 is 2 of the change tag ID and the second item tag ID.
  • the tag IDs to be written in step S315 are the change tag ID and the second item tag ID, and the others are the same.
  • step S139 in the flow of FIG. 15 corresponds to the collating means.
  • step S 110 in the flow of FIG. 15 in the register 3 the second product tag ID stored and held in the IC circuit unit 150 of the discount tag label Th is stored.
  • Step S140 in the flow shown in FIG. 15 is based on the second product tag ID related to the discount tag label Th, and the price information obtained based on the first product tag ID of the price tag label Tb is used as the discount price information. Change process using.
  • step S139 the matching between the first item tag ID of the regular price tag label Tb and the second item tag ID of the discount tag label Th is collated, and it is determined that the matching is recognized. Only in this case, the list price information acquired based on the first article tag ID of the list tag Tb is changed. As a result, even if the user mistakenly obtains the list price information of product 2 that is assumed to be the target for changing the discount tag label Th and uses the discount price information related to the discount tag label Th, If the first product tag ID and the second product tag ID do not match, it cannot be changed. [0147] (1 2) When storing fixed price information in discount tag label Th
  • list price information may be stored in the discount tag label Th together with the change tag ID.
  • FIG. 16 shows information processing when the price tag label Tb for storing the article tag ID and the discount tag label Th for storing the price price information and the change tag ID are attached to the product (article) 2. It is a figure which represents the flow of accounting calculation conceptually.
  • the item tag ID stored in the list tag label Tb and the second list price information stored in the discount tag label Th changed information, item Price information
  • change tag IDs will be detected.
  • the register 3 obtains the first list price information corresponding to the article tag ID and the discount price information (item price change information) corresponding to the change tag ID from the database 6, and then the first list price The information and the second list price information are collated to determine whether they match. If they do not match, error handling is performed assuming that the discount tag label Th does not correspond to the fixed price tag label Tb. If they match, the sales price of a single product is calculated and accounted for by changing the first list price information (or second list price information) according to the discount price information.
  • FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of the accounting process executed by the CPU 10 of the register 3 in this variation, and is a diagram corresponding to FIG. 10 in the first embodiment.
  • the flow of FIG. 17 is roughly the same as the flow of FIG. 10, and is basically different in that the procedure of step S137A and step S139A is added after step S135 in the flow of FIG. .
  • the different procedures will be described.
  • step S137A the response signal of the tag label Tb, Th force detected in step S110.
  • the second list price information to be checked against the first list price information corresponding to the article tag ID stored in the list tag label Tb should be detected from the discount tag label Th. If the second list price information is not detected, the judgment is not satisfied, that is, it is considered that a defective or inappropriate discount tag label Th is affixed to the product 2, and the The error processing of step SI 20 is performed, and this accounting processing flow is completed. On the other hand, if the second list price information is detected, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S139A.
  • step S139A it is determined whether or not the first list price information obtained based on the article tag ID for which the list price tag label Tb force is also detected matches the second list price information detected from the discount tag label Th. judge. If the two list prices do not match, that is, if each list price information is a different list price, the judgment is not satisfied, that is, either the list tag label Tb or the discount tag label Th for the same product 2 is not It is considered that the wrong correspondence is affixed, the error processing in step S120 is performed, and this accounting processing flow is ended. On the other hand, if the two list prices match, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S140.
  • step S140 the first fixed price (may be the second fixed price) is calculated by subtracting the discount amount, and in step S145, the first fixed price (second fixed price) is displayed on display 15. In step S150, the first list price (second list price) is added to the total price S.
  • the other procedures are the same as those in FIG.
  • step S310 the second list price information corresponding to the product item, the change tag ID, The discount print information is obtained from the database 6, and in step S315, the second list price information and change tag ID are written and the discount print information is printed.
  • step S110 in the flow of FIG. 17 in the register 3 the product tag ID stored and held in the IC circuit unit 150 of the discount tag label Th is acquired.
  • step S140 based on the second item tag ID related to the discount tag label Th, the first list price information (may be the second list price information!) Obtained based on the item tag ID of the list tag label Tb is discounted. Change processing using the amount information.
  • step S139A the consistency between the first list price information acquired based on the list price tag label Tb and the second list price information acquired based on the discount tag label Th.
  • the first list price information acquired based on the product tag ID of the list tag label Tb is changed only when it is determined that matching is confirmed.
  • the user is mistakenly assumed to be the target for changing the discount tag label Th, and obtains the list price information of the product 2 and tries to change it using the discount price information related to the discount tag label Th, If the above verification is inappropriate, it cannot be changed.
  • the present embodiment is an embodiment when the present invention is applied to a monitoring system that monitors and monitors the entry and exit of an article or person in a building such as a building.
  • FIG. 18 is a diagram schematically showing an overall configuration of the monitoring system of the present embodiment.
  • This example shows a case where the monitoring system 101 of this embodiment is applied to an entire office building (building; hereinafter simply referred to as “building”) 102 having a plurality of floors, of which a predetermined number on each floor is shown.
  • Multiple rooms for example, office rooms, hot water supply rooms, break rooms, etc.
  • corridors on each floor are set as independent management areas, and these management areas are managed gates 103 (in the figure). Through the dotted line).
  • a management gate 103 is also provided in the middle of the stairway connecting the corridors on each floor to separate the floors of each floor, and the entrance door 104, which is an entrance passage to the outside of the building 102, is also located in the management gate 103. As one, the outside and the building 102 are separated.
  • the first floor corridor, the second floor corridor, the second floor A room, the second floor B room, the third floor corridor, the third floor A room, and the third floor B room It is a management area, and management gates 103 are provided at 7 locations on the boundary of each management area.
  • a monitoring room 105 is provided on the first floor of the building 102 where an operator in charge of management (not shown, hereinafter referred to as “administrator”) waits.
  • the monitoring system 101 also includes a reader (wireless tag information reader) 107 installed in each management gate 103 in the building 102, and each reader 107 installed in the monitoring room 105 and a communication network NW.
  • Each reader 107 is installed in each of the seven management gates 103.
  • Each of the readers 107 has the same configuration, and when passing through each management gate 103, each tag Gj, G Searches kj to detect each tag ID, etc. (details will be described later).
  • each management gate 103 allows only one person 106 to pass through at the same time, and each unit passage operation is performed with one pass by the one person 106 as a unit. Collectively, the wireless tags Gj and Gkj are detected.
  • the management server 109 passes information indicating whether or not the management gate 103 is allowed to pass in correspondence with the person tag ID stored in each person tag Gj (movement restriction information, object information). And passage permission information (changed information, movement restriction release information) indicating which management gate 103 specifically allows passage according to the person permission tag ID stored in each person permission tag Gkj. is doing. Further, the management server 109 determines whether or not the passing operation at the corresponding management gate 103 can be permitted when each tag Gj, Gkj is detected by each reader 107, based on the passage permission information and the passage permission information. If it is determined that the passing operation cannot be permitted, a notification process is performed for the administrator (details will be described later).
  • all persons (objects) 106 entering the building 102 are set as monitoring subjects as monitoring targets. All of these persons 106 have a person tag Gj.
  • the restriction on the passage of the predetermined management gate 103 is changed for the predetermined person 106 among the persons 106 (in this example, the restriction is relaxed such that the passage is additionally permitted.
  • the person permission tag (abbreviated as the permission tag in the figure) Gkj for possessing the restriction is tightened. This person permission tag Gkj is held for a limited period (or only temporarily) such as when a predetermined condition is satisfied.
  • the person tag Gj is affixed with a person tag label Tj (a wireless tag including a first wireless tag circuit element; details will be described later) having the same configuration as the fixed price tag label Tb used in the first embodiment.
  • a person tag ID which is identification information corresponding to the person 106 possessing the person tag Gj, is stored in the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To included in the person tag label Tj.
  • the person permission tag Gkj possessed by the predetermined person 106 among the persons 106 also has a person permission tag label Tkj (a wireless tag including a second wireless tag circuit element) having the same configuration as the regular price tag label Tb; Is attached), and this person permission tag In the IC circuit section 150 of the RFID tag circuit element To of the gravel Tkj, the passage permission information indicating a predetermined management gate 103 that allows the person 106 to specifically pass only while holding the person permission tag Gkj.
  • the person permission tag ID corresponding to is stored.
  • each management gate 103 detects an erroneous entry to a controlled area where the movement is restricted, and such an inappropriate passage through the management gate 103 is detected.
  • An administrator is informed of an admission control abnormality.
  • the passage restriction information (the movement restriction release information of the person 106) is restricted based on the passage permission information. Based on the above, part or all of them are released, and the passage through the corresponding management gate 103 is permitted (or the restriction may be strengthened as described above and the passage may be prohibited).
  • FIG. 19 is a system configuration diagram showing an overview of the monitoring system 101 of the present embodiment. Note that portions equivalent to the configuration of the register 3 in the first embodiment (see FIG. 2) are denoted by the same reference numerals, and description thereof will be omitted as appropriate.
  • the tag label producing device 110 has the same configuration (see FIG. 4) as the tag label producing unit 11 provided in the register 3 of the first embodiment. explain.
  • the monitoring system 101 includes the reader 107 that detects each tag ID by wireless communication with the tags Gj and Gkj as described above, and an appropriate communication network for each reader 107.
  • the terminal 108, the management server 109, and the tag label producing apparatus 110 are connected to each other by an NW.
  • NW an administrator (operator) resident in the monitoring room 105 operates the terminal 108
  • the terminal 108 sends and receives instruction signals and management information to and from the management server 109 via the communication network NW.
  • a control signal is output from the management server 109 to each reader 107 via the communication network NW, and a detection result signal from the reader 107 is output to the management server 109.
  • a control signal is output from the management server 109 to the tag label creating device 110 via the communication network NW to create a tag label.
  • the device 110 creates a person tag Gj or person permission tag Gkj as a wireless tag label.
  • the reader 107 has a control unit 111 and a reader antenna (reading side antenna) 113. If necessary, a sensor (for example, an infrared sensor) 112 that detects some passing operation in the management gate 103 and a sensor control unit 117 that controls the infrared sensor 112 are provided. When this happens, send and receive information to the RFID circuit element To.
  • a sensor for example, an infrared sensor
  • a sensor control unit 117 that controls the infrared sensor 112
  • the control unit 111 includes a CPU (central processing unit) 114, a network communication control unit 115 that controls transmission and reception of control signals and information signals with the management server 109 via the communication network NW, and a RAM, for example. And an RF communication control unit 118 that controls wireless communication with the tags Gj and Gkj via the reader antenna 113.
  • a CPU central processing unit
  • a network communication control unit 115 that controls transmission and reception of control signals and information signals with the management server 109 via the communication network NW
  • a RAM for example.
  • an RF communication control unit 118 that controls wireless communication with the tags Gj and Gkj via the reader antenna 113.
  • the CPU 114 performs signal processing according to the program stored in the ROM in advance using the temporary storage function of the RAM, thereby receiving the detection processing execution command input from the management server 109, and the reader antenna 113.
  • the tags Gj and Gkj are detected by wireless communication via the network, and the detection results are output to the management server 109 via the communication network NW.
  • the reader antenna 113 is an antenna whose communication distance is set longer than the planar antenna 4 of the register 3 in the first embodiment, and can detect the tags Gj and Gkj passing through the entire management gate 103. Is.
  • the management server 109 includes a CPU (central processing unit) 121, a memory 122 similar to the above, and a large-capacity storage device such as a hard disk device, and various types of tags Gj, Gkj, readers 107, etc.
  • a database 123 that stores information, and a network communication control unit 124 that controls transmission and reception of control signals and information signals with the reader 107 via the communication network NW are provided. Note that the database 123 is not limited to being provided in the management server 109, and an external database connected so as to be able to send and receive information via some kind of communication line may be used as in the first embodiment.
  • each reader 107 has an identification number for individual identification, and the management server 109 identifies one reader 107 using the identification number of that reader 107.
  • the terminal 108 includes a CPU (central processing unit) 131, a memory 132 similar to the above, an operation unit (setting signal input means) 133 for inputting instructions and information from an administrator, and various information and messages.
  • This terminal 108 functions as a common operation terminal'display terminal for both the management server 109 and the tag label creating apparatus 110.
  • the tag label producing device 110 has the same configuration as the tag label producing unit 11 provided in the register 3 in the first embodiment, and a network communication control unit instead of the input / output IZF shown in FIG. 124 is provided and controls transmission / reception of control signals and information signals to / from the management server 109 via the communication network NW.
  • FIG. 20 is a diagram showing an example of the overall schematic structure of the tags Gj and Gkj.
  • FIG. 20 (a) is a top view of the human tag Gj
  • FIG. 20 (b) is a top view of the person permission tag Gkj.
  • the person tag label Tj or the person permission tag label T kj having the same configuration as the tag labels Tb and Th of the form is affixed. It should be noted that such a label attachment method to the main body plate 148 may not be used, but a force-type wireless tag (having a function equivalent to the person tag label Tj or the person permission tag label Tkj) may be used.
  • the front side (upper surface) of the label body 149 of the person tag label Tj is the person print information (in this example, “Technology” indicating the affiliation and name of the person 106 who owns the label body 149).
  • Section: Jiro Yamada ”) Person print area Aj where Rj is printed is provided and passable print information corresponding to person 106 possessed (in this example,“ 1st, 2nd floor only ”) Rt A pass / fail printing area At for printing is provided.
  • the corresponding passage permission print information (in this example, “permit except for the 3rd floor B room”) Rkj
  • the pass-permitted print area (print area) Akj is printed.
  • the characters of these pass / fail print information Rt and pass permission print information Rkj are not mandatory figures or symbols, or are simply colored (can be colorless) or patterns. May be.
  • the most significant feature of the present embodiment is that information is read by the reader 7 from the person permission tag Gkj that permits passage of other management gates 103 other than the management gate 103 that is set to be allowed to pass in advance. The acquisition is performed and processing corresponding to this is performed. The details are explained below in order.
  • FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the CPU 121 of the management server 109.
  • a monitoring start instruction for example, key operation
  • this flow is started.
  • step S405 a variable M for specifying the management gate 103 to be monitored and the corresponding reader 107 is initialized to 1.
  • step S410 the reader 107 (hereinafter referred to as the Mth reader) provided in the management gate 103 (hereinafter referred to as the Mth management gate 103) corresponding to the specific variable M via the communication network NW.
  • the control signal is output to the control unit 111 (referred to as 107), and a question signal requesting a response to all the tags Gj, Gkj, such as the “Scroll All ID” signal is transmitted from the reader antenna 113. All response signals transmitted by the tags Gj and Gkj are received by the same reader antenna 113, and any response signal is received (determining whether or not the passing motion is detected. If any passing motion is detected) The determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next step S420.
  • step S420 whether or not the person tag Gj has been read in step S410, that is, whether or not the person tag ID has been detected in the Mth management gate 103 in which the passage operation has been detected is determined. If the person tag ID is not detected, the determination is not satisfied, that is, a suspicious person who does not have the person tag Gj is considered to have passed through the Mth management gate 103 and communicated in step S425. A control signal is output to the terminal 108 via the network NW, and a notification process such as displaying a warning on the display unit 134 is performed (details will be described later), and this flow ends. On the other hand, if the person tag ID is detected, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S430.
  • step S430 the database 123 is accessed and searched based on the person tag ID detected in step S410, and the corresponding passability information is stored in the database 123. Force, and move to next Step S435.
  • step S435 the person 106 possessing the person tag Gj storing the person tag ID detected in step S410 based on the passability information acquired in step S430 can pass through the Mth management gate 103. Judge whether there is a certain force. Based on the pass / fail information, if the person 106 is set to pass through the Mth management gate 103! /, The determination is not satisfied, that is, the person 106 has the person tag Gj. However, in step S440, step S450 is used to further confirm passage permission.
  • step S440 whether or not the person permission tag Gkj has been read in step S410 above, that is, whether or not the person permission tag ID is detected in the Mth management gate 103 in which the passage operation has been detected is determined. To do. If the person permission tag ID is not detected, the judgment is not satisfied, that is, the person 106 who is trying to enter the controlled area that cannot be originally entered does not have the person permission tag Gkj and is about to enter unjustly. In step S425, notification processing is performed, and this flow is terminated. On the other hand, if the person permission tag ID is detected, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S445.
  • step S445 the database 123 is accessed and searched based on the person permission tag ID detected in step S410 above, the corresponding passage permission information is also obtained from the database 123, and the process proceeds to the next step S450. .
  • step S450 the person permission tag Gkj that stores the person permission tag ID detected in step S410 based on the passage permission information acquired in step S445 above is passed through the Mth management gate 103. It is determined whether or not it is allowed. If the person permission tag Gkj does not permit passage through the Mth management gate 103 based on the passage permission information, the judgment is not satisfied, that is, the person 106 who tries to pass through the Mth management gate 103 enters. It is assumed that it is trying to enter a management target area that cannot be managed, and that it is not specifically permitted. In step S425, notification processing is performed, and this flow is terminated.
  • step S455 If it is set that the person 106 can pass through the Mth management gate 103 based on the information and the determination is satisfied, the process proceeds to step S455 without performing the notification process.
  • step S465 it is determined whether or not the operating unit 133 of the terminal 108 has been operated to end this flow. If the end operation has not been performed, the determination is not satisfied, and the flow returns to step S405 to repeat this flow for the first time. On the other hand, if the end operation has been performed, the determination is satisfied, and this flow ends.
  • a control signal is output to the terminal 108 to cause the buzzer 136 to ring and the display unit 134 to perform appropriate notification display, thereby allowing the administrator to In contrast, the abnormality of the passing motion of the person 106 is notified.
  • the name of the person 106 corresponding to the tag ID is searched from the database 123, and the management gate 103 (Mth The information may be displayed on the display unit 134 of the terminal 108 together with the management gate 103).
  • the tag label creating apparatus 110 in the present embodiment also creates the person tag label Tj and the person permission tag label Tkj by the same control as the tag label creating unit 11 in the first embodiment. That is, the CPU 121 included in the management server 109 of the present embodiment creates the person tag label Tj and the person permission tag label Tkj by performing a control procedure equivalent to the flow described in FIG. 11 and FIG.
  • the name of person 106 is used in place of the product item
  • the person tag ID is used in place of the article tag ID
  • the person permission tag ID is used in place of the change tag ID.
  • the person print information and pass / fail print information are used instead, and the pass permission is used instead of the discount print information.
  • Printable information is used.
  • step S205 in FIG. 11 and step S305 in FIG. 12 the name (and affiliation) of the person 106 is input from the operation unit 133 of the terminal 108, respectively.
  • step S410, step S430, and step S445 in the flow of FIG. 21 correspond to the information acquisition means described in each claim, and step S450 in the flow of FIG. 21 corresponds to the change processing means.
  • the management server 109 and each reader 107 possess the person tag label Tj based on the person tag ID stored and held in the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To included in the person tag label Tj.
  • the passage permission information related to the person 106 to be acquired is acquired, and the passage permission information is acquired based on the person permission tag ID stored in the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID tag circuit element To of the person permission tag label Tkj.
  • Control procedure (step S410, step S430 and step S445 in the flow of FIG. 21), and the control procedure (step S450 in the flow of FIG. 21) for changing the passage permission information using the acquired passage permission information is performed.
  • the movement restriction of the person 106 is partially released, such as permitting entry other than the 3rd floor B room as the passage permission information.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and all the movement restrictions may be released by allowing the passage through all the management gates 103.
  • the passage permission information itself may be stored in the person permission tag label Tkj.
  • modifications similar to the two modifications of the first embodiment are possible. That is, according to the modification (1-1) of the first embodiment, the person tag ID as identification information of the person 106 may be stored in the person permission tag label Tkj together with the person permission tag ID.
  • the reader 107 detects the first person tag ID as the person tag label Tj force, and the person permission tag label Tkj force detects the second person tag ID and the person permission tag ID.
  • a collation determination is made as to whether the first person tag ID and the second person tag ID match, and if they match, the next step The process proceeds to S450, and a notification process is performed when they do not match.
  • the user is mistakenly assumed to be the person to change the person permission tag label Tkj, and V, N, and the person 106 pass / fail information are obtained, and the person permission tag label Tkj is used to change the pass permission information.
  • the first person tag ID and the second person tag ID are collated to confirm that they are not subject to change in some way, and if the collation is inappropriate, the change cannot be made. You can take action.
  • the pass permission information may be stored in the person permission tag label Tkj together with the person permission tag ID.
  • the person tag ID is also detected for the person tag label Tj force, and the second passage permission information and the person permission tag ID are detected from the person permission tag label Tkj.
  • the first passage permission information acquired corresponding to the person tag ID after step S445 in the flow of FIG. 21 and the second passage permission information directly detected from the person permission tag label Tkj are provided. -Check whether or not they match, and if they match, go to the next step S450, and perform notification processing if they do not match. In this case, the same effect as described above can be obtained.
  • the management target person 106 is set as the monitoring target.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and the management target article may be set as the monitoring target.
  • FIG. 22 is a diagram schematically showing the overall configuration of the monitoring system 101 of the present modification.
  • Equipments (objects) to be managed (objects) 141 such as equipment 'project files are set as monitoring targets, and the goods tag Gb is attached to all the articles 141 to be managed (or in some form such as bundled). As long as they are associated with each other).
  • a predetermined article 141 is attached with an article permission tag Gkb (abbreviated as a permission tag in the drawing) that additionally permits passage through a predetermined management gate 103.
  • This article permission tag Gkb is attached (or temporarily) for a limited period, such as when satisfying a predetermined condition.
  • the product tag label Tb having the same configuration as the person tag label Tj used in the second embodiment is affixed to the product tag Gb, and the IC circuit portion of the RFID circuit element To included in the product tag label Tb is provided.
  • 150 stores an article tag ID which is identification information corresponding to the article 141 to which the article tag Gb is attached.
  • the article permission tag label Tkb having the same configuration as the article tag label Tb is also attached to the article permission tag Gkb attached to the predetermined article 141 among the articles 141.
  • the restriction on passage of the article 141 is changed only while the article permission tag Gkb is attached (in this example, passage is added.
  • the product permission tag ID corresponding to the passage permission information describing the predetermined management gate 103 is stored.
  • the monitoring system 101 of the present modification monitors only the management target article 141 to which the article tag Gb is attached, and preliminarily determines whether or not it can pass (the movement restriction state of the article 141).
  • Each management gate 103 detects an erroneous entry to a controlled area where movement is restricted, and informs the administrator of such inappropriate passage through the management gate 103 as an entrance management abnormality. is there. Only when the article permission tag Gkb is attached to the article 141 to which the article tag Gb is attached, the movement restriction based on the passage permission information is limited to the passage permission information (the movement restriction of the article 141). Based on the release information) and permitting passage through the corresponding management gate 103 (or strengthening the restriction as described above and prohibiting passage); is there.
  • FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the CPU 121 of the management server 109 in this variation, and is a diagram corresponding to FIG. 21 in the second embodiment.
  • the flow of FIG. 23 is roughly the same as the flow of FIG. 21, except that step S420A is performed instead of step S420 in the flow of FIG.
  • step S430 passability information corresponding to the article tag ID is acquired from the database 123.
  • step S435 it is determined whether or not the article tag ID can be passed.
  • the article permission tag is determined.
  • passage permission information corresponding to the article permission tag ID is obtained from the database 123, and in step S450, it is determined whether passage of the article permission tag ID is permitted. ing. Only the above-described different procedures will be described below.
  • step S410 all response signals transmitted by the tags Gb and Gkb for the “Scroll All ID” signal in step S410 are received by the reader antenna 113, and then passed to step S420A. Then, it is determined whether or not the article tag ID is included in the response signal from the tags Gb and Gkb detected in step S410.
  • the article tag Gb is attached only to the managed article 141 for which movement restrictions are set for security management. There is no need to monitor unmanaged items 141 that are attached and do not have this item tag Gb attached. Therefore, if the article tag ID is not detected, the determination is not satisfied, that is, the article 141 (or person 106) passing through the Mth management gate 103 is deemed unnecessary to be monitored. Move on to S455. On the other hand, if the article tag ID is detected, the determination is satisfied, that is, the article 141 to be managed passes through the Mth management gate 103, and the process proceeds to the next step S430. Other procedures are the same as those in FIG. 21, and a description thereof will be omitted.
  • the tag label producing device 110 is also controlled by the same control as the tag label producing unit 11 according to the first embodiment.
  • an article permission tag label Tkb that is, the CPU 121 provided in the management server 109 of the present modification creates the article tag label Tb and the article permission tag label Tkb by performing a control procedure equivalent to the flow described in FIG. 11 and FIG.
  • the name of the article 141 is used in place of the product item
  • the article permission tag ID is used in place of the change tag ID
  • the article printing information for example, the name of the article 141 is used in place of the regular price printing information Rb.
  • pass / fail print information is used, and pass permission print information is used instead of discount print information Rh.
  • step S205 in FIG. 11 and step S305 in FIG. 12 the name of the article 141 is input from the operation unit 133 of the terminal 108, respectively.
  • the appearance of the created article tag label Tb and the article permission tag label Tkb is not particularly shown, but the person tag label Tj shown in FIGS. 20 (a) and 20 (b) created in the second embodiment is used. And the person permission tag label Tkj are printed with almost the same appearance, and an article printing area in which article printing information is printed is provided instead of the person printing area Aj in the person tag label Tj in FIG. 20 (a).
  • the article tag ID of the RFID circuit element To of the article tag label Tb related to the article 141 presumed to be changed of the article permission tag label Tkb is read by the reader 107.
  • the management server 109 obtains the pass / fail information corresponding to the product tag ID from the database 123, while reading the product permission tag ID for the product permission tag label Tkb. Based on the acquisition of the passage permission information from the database 123, the acquired passage permission information can be changed by the passage permission information only in the management server 109.
  • the article permission tag label Tkb may store the passage permission information together with the article permission tag ID.
  • the product tag label Tb force and the product tag ID are detected by the reader 107, and the product permission tag label Tkb force is also detected as the second passage permission information and the product permission tag ID.
  • the first passage permission information acquired in correspondence with the article tag ID after step S445 in the flow of FIG. 23 matches the second passage permission information directly detected from the article permission tag label Tkb.
  • a collation determination is made as to whether or not the power is correct. If they match, the process proceeds to the next step S450, and if they do not match, a notification process is performed. In this case, the same effect as described above can be obtained.
  • the person 106 to be managed and the article 141 to be managed are combined and set as the monitoring target.
  • This modified example is a modified example of monitoring the carry-out of the article 141 by the person 106 by combining the second embodiment and the modified example (2-1).
  • the person tag Gj, the person permission The hardware configuration including the tag Gkj, the article tag Gb, and the article permission tag Gkb is exactly the same as that of the second embodiment shown in FIG. 19 and the modified example shown in FIG.
  • the control procedure performed by the CPU 121 of the management server 109 is only slightly different. The control procedure will be described below.
  • FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by CPU 121 of management server 109 in this modification.
  • the flow of FIG. 24 is roughly the same as the flow of FIG. 21, and basically the person monitoring process (step S600 in the figure) also has the procedure power of steps S420 and S430 to S450 in the flow of FIG. This is different in that the article monitoring process in step S 700 is also performed after the abbreviation.
  • the other procedures are the same as those in FIG.
  • FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing the detailed procedure of the person monitoring process executed by CPU 121 of management server 109 in step S600 in FIG.
  • the flow of FIG. 25 is the same as the procedure of step S420 and step S430 to step S450 in the flow of FIG. 21, and if the determination is not satisfied in step S620, the determination is not satisfied in step S640, and the step If the determination at S650 is not satisfied, The process proceeds to notification processing in step S525. If the determination is satisfied in step S635, the process proceeds to the article monitoring process in step S700 in FIG.
  • FIG. 26 is a flowchart showing the detailed procedure of the article monitoring process executed by CPU 121 of management server 109 in step S700 in FIG.
  • the flow of FIG. 26 is the same as the procedure of step S420A and steps S430 to S450 in the flow of FIG. 21.
  • step S720 the detection of the item tag ID is determined, and in step S730, the item tag ID is detected. Passability information is acquired from the database 123.
  • step S735 it is determined whether the article tag ID can be passed.
  • step S740 it is determined that the article permission tag ID is detected.
  • the passage permission information corresponding to the article permission tag ID is acquired from the database 123, and in step S750, the passage of the article permission tag ID is permitted.
  • step S740! / If the determination is not satisfied in step S740! /, And if the determination is not satisfied in step S750, the process proceeds to the notification process in step S525 in FIG. If the determination is not satisfied in step S720, and if the determination is satisfied in step S735, the process proceeds to step S555 in FIG.
  • the tag label producing apparatus 110 in the present modification is also controlled by the same control as the tag label producing unit 11 in the first embodiment, and the person tag label Tj, the person permission tag label Tkj, the article tag label Tb, and the article Create permission tag label Tkb.
  • the passability information power corresponding to the person tag ID and the article tag ID, respectively, the take-out of the article 141 by the person 106 is equivalent to the carry-in restriction mode. Also, this is equivalent to information for canceling restrictions on taking-out / carrying-out of articles 144 by person 106 corresponding to the person permission tag ID and the article permission tag ID.
  • the person 106 to be managed and the article 141 to be managed are respectively used different tags, that is, the person tag Gj, the person permission tag Gkj, the article tag Gb, and the article permission tag Gkb.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and a single tag (for example, a human tag Gj ′) may be used for monitoring.
  • the person tag label Tj stores the person ID and its passability information
  • the person permission tag label Tkj ′ stores the person permission ID and the article permission ID.
  • the person permission tag label Tkj ' is used as the identification information of the person 106 together with the person permission tag ID and the article permission tag ID.
  • the person tag ID and the article tag ID as identification information of the article 141 may be stored.
  • the reader 107 detects the first person tag ID and the first article tag ID from the person tag label Tj ′, and permits the person.
  • Tag label Tkj 'Tatsumi et al. Detects the second person tag ID and person permission tag ID, and the second article tag ID and article permission tag ID. Then, the first person tag ID, the first product tag ID, the second person tag ID, and the second article tag ID are checked for matching. If they match, the process moves to the next step. If not, the notification process is performed.
  • the person permission tag label Tkj ' includes the person permission tag ID and the article permission tag ID together with the passage permission information.
  • the reader 107 detects the person tag ID and the article tag ID from the person tag label Tj ′, and the second permission information, the person permission tag ID and the article permission from the person permission tag label Tkj ′.
  • Tag ID is detected.
  • the first pass permission information acquired corresponding to the person tag ID matches the second permission information directly detected by the person permission tag label Tkj 'and matches. If this is the case, move to the next step, and if it does not match, perform notification processing. In this case, the same as above Get the effect.
  • tag label producing unit 11 and tag label producing apparatus 110 information is written to the IC circuit unit 155 of the wireless tag circuit element To, and the RFID circuit element To is printed by the print head 10.
  • the invention is not limited to printing for identification. This printing is not necessarily done.
  • the tag identification information of the RFID tag circuit element To (target radio tag circuit element) of the tag label Tb (target radio tag) related to the product 2 assumed in advance as the change target is stored in the register 3
  • the target tag information is read from the database 6 and the corresponding tag information is obtained from the database 6 based on the link function.
  • the RFID tag circuit element) is also read and the change information is acquired based on the read-out, so that all or part of the acquired object information is changed (changed / corrected after reading).
  • the object information may be stored as other storage media that can be read by wireless communication other than the wireless tag or information of other aspects, for example, barcode information, and may be changed.
  • information such as barcode information related to the object assumed in advance as a change target is stored in a barcode scanner or the like (register 3 may be provided, or register 3 may be provided via network NW.
  • the target object information is acquired from the database 6 based on the preset link, and the tag circuit element To (change) of the tag label Th (RF tag for change) is obtained.
  • the wireless tag circuit element) is also read and the modified information is acquired based on the read, so that all or part of the acquired object information is changed (changed after reading). (Revise and recognize).
  • the object information in the database 6 linked to the original barcode information or the like does not need to be corrected while maintaining the object as in the above embodiment. If you want to restore the information again after correcting it
  • the general user can substantially change the content of the object information by an easy and simple method without the need for such annoyance or advanced knowledge.
  • FIG. 1 is a system configuration diagram showing an overall outline of an accounting system according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a system configuration diagram showing an outline of an accounting system.
  • FIG. 3 is a functional block diagram showing a detailed configuration of a CPU, an RF communication control unit, and a planar antenna in a register.
  • FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing an example of a functional configuration of an RFID tag circuit element provided in common for each tag label.
  • FIG. 6 is a top view showing an example of the overall schematic structure of a fixed price tag label and a top view showing an example of the overall schematic structure of a discount tag label.
  • FIG. 7 A diagram conceptually showing the flow of information processing and accounting calculation when only a regular price tag label is attached to a product.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram conceptually showing a flow of information processing and accounting calculation when a price tag label and a discount tag label are affixed to a product in the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by a CPU of a register in the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of accounting processing executed by the register CPU in step S100.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of a price tag label creation process executed by the register CPU in step S200.
  • ⁇ 13 This is a diagram conceptually showing the flow of information processing and accounting calculation when a discount tag label storing price tag label and discount amount information is affixed to a product.
  • Figure 14 conceptually shows the flow of information processing and accounting calculation when a fixed price tag label that stores product tag IDs and discount tag labels that store product tag IDs and change tag IDs are affixed to products FIG.
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of the accounting process executed by the CPU of the register in a modification in which the article tag ID is stored in the discount tag label.
  • FIG. 16 A diagram conceptually showing the flow of information processing and accounting calculation when a fixed price tag label for storing an article tag ID, a fixed price information and a discount tag label for storing a change tag ID are attached to a product It is.
  • FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of accounting processing executed by the CPU of the register in a modified example in which the list price information is stored in the discount tag label.
  • FIG. 18 is a diagram schematically showing an overall configuration of a monitoring system according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 19 is a system configuration diagram showing an outline of a monitoring system.
  • FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the CPU of the management server.
  • FIG. 22 is a diagram schematically showing an entire configuration of a wireless tag management system in a modification in which articles are set as monitoring targets.
  • FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the CPU of the management server in a modification in which articles are set as monitoring targets.
  • FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the CPU of the management server in a modification in which a person and an article are set as monitoring targets.
  • FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of person monitoring processing executed by the CPU of the management server in step S600 in FIG.
  • FIG. 26 The article monitoring process executed by the management server CPU in step S700 in FIG. It is a flowchart showing the detailed procedure of management.

Abstract

[PROBLEMS] To enable a user to substantially modify a content of object information by a simple and easy method. [MEANS FOR SOLVING PROBLEMS] A discount tag label(Th) is a radio tag label including an IC circuit unit (150) for storing information and a radio tag circuit element (To) having a tag side antenna (151) connected to the IC circuit unit (150). The IC circuit unit (150) of the radio tag circuit element (To) contains a modification tag ID corresponding to discount price information for modifying regular price information concerning an article (2) assigned for the radio tag circuit element (To).

Description

明 細 書  Specification
無線タグ、無線タグ情報読み取り装置、タグラベル作成装置  Wireless tag, wireless tag information reading device, tag label producing device
技術分野  Technical field
[0001] 本発明は、外部と情報の無線通信が可能な無線タグ回路素子を備えた無線タグ、 上記無線タグ回路素子に対し情報の読み取りを行う無線タグ情報読み取り装置、及 び上記無線タグ回路素子を備えた無線タグラベルを作成するタグラベル作成装置に 関する。  The present invention relates to a wireless tag including a wireless tag circuit element capable of wirelessly communicating information with the outside, a wireless tag information reading device that reads information from the wireless tag circuit element, and the wireless tag circuit The present invention relates to a tag label producing apparatus for producing a RFID label having an element.
背景技術  Background art
[0002] 小型の無線タグとリーダ (読み取り装置) Zライタ (書き込み装置)との間で非接触で 情報の読み取り Z書き込みを行う RFID (Radio Frequency Identification)システム が既に実用化されつつある。  [0002] RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) systems that read and write information in a non-contact manner between a small wireless tag and a reader (reading device) Z writer (writing device) are already in practical use.
[0003] 例えばラベル状の無線タグに備えられた無線タグ回路素子は、所定の無線タグ情 報を記憶する IC回路部とこの IC回路部に接続されて情報の送受信を行うアンテナと を備えており、無線タグが汚れて 、る場合や見えな 、位置に配置されて 、る場合で あっても、リーダ Zライタ側より ic回路部の無線タグ情報に対してアクセス (情報の読 み取り Z書き込み)が可能である。  For example, a wireless tag circuit element provided in a label-like wireless tag includes an IC circuit unit that stores predetermined wireless tag information and an antenna that is connected to the IC circuit unit and transmits and receives information. Even if the RFID tag is dirty or visible or placed in an invisible position, the reader Z / writer side accesses the RFID tag information in the ic circuit (reading information Z Writing) is possible.
[0004] ここで、無線タグ回路素子の IC回路部の記憶容量はそれほど大きくなく制限がある ことから、一般に、 IC回路部には所定の識別情報 (タグ ID)を記憶させておき、これに 対応する対象物 (物品に限らず、人物、建造物等も含まれる)に係わる情報 (対象物 情報)自体は別のデータベースに格納保持しておくことが多い。そして、例えば対象 物に関わる無線タグ回路素子の識別情報をリーダ (無線タグ情報読み取り装置)にて 読み取り、その読みとつた識別情報に基づきデータベースを検索することにより、当 該対象物に関わる対象物情報を取得する。  Here, since the storage capacity of the IC circuit unit of the RFID circuit element is not so large and limited, generally, predetermined identification information (tag ID) is stored in the IC circuit unit. Information (object information) itself related to the corresponding object (including not only articles but also persons, buildings, etc.) is often stored and held in a separate database. Then, for example, the identification information of the RFID tag circuit element related to the object is read by a reader (RFID information reader), and the database is searched based on the read identification information, whereby the object related to the object is detected. Get information.
[0005] このような従来技術の一例としては、例えば特許文献 1に記載の情報処理システム がある。この情報処理システムでは、店舗の各売場ごとに設けられた読み取り装置( 基地局)と、店舗とは別の場所に設けられたデータベース及びサーバとが通信ネット ワークによって接続されている。店舗の各売場に陳列された各商品(対象物)に添付 された無線タグのタグ IDが読み取り装置 (無線局)によって読みとられると、このタグ I Dはサーバへ送信される。サーバは当該タグ IDに基づきデータベース内に格納保持 された情報を検索し、このタグ IDに対応する商品の各種対象物情報 (商品カタログ 情報、在庫情報、売上げ記録等)を抽出取得する。こうして取得された当該商品の対 象物情報 (物品情報)は、各売場の基地局を介しサーバに入力される店員が所持す る携帯操作端末からの操作信号に基づき、所定の処理が行われるようになって!/、る。 [0005] As an example of such a conventional technique, there is an information processing system described in Patent Document 1, for example. In this information processing system, a reading device (base station) provided for each sales floor of the store is connected to a database and a server provided at a location different from the store via a communication network. Attached to each product (object) displayed at each store in the store When the tag ID of the selected wireless tag is read by the reader (wireless station), this tag ID is transmitted to the server. The server searches the information stored and held in the database based on the tag ID, and extracts and acquires various object information (product catalog information, inventory information, sales records, etc.) of the product corresponding to the tag ID. The object information (article information) of the product thus obtained is subjected to a predetermined process based on an operation signal from a portable operation terminal possessed by a store clerk input to the server via the base station of each sales floor. It's like! /
[0006] 特許文献 1 :特開 2001— 147770号公報 [0006] Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-147770
発明の開示  Disclosure of the invention
発明が解決しょうとする課題  Problems to be solved by the invention
[0007] 上記のように、無線タグ回路素子の IC回路部の記憶容量の制限を背景として IC回 路部にタグ識別情報を記憶させ対象物情報をデータベースに格納保持しリンクさせ る場合であっても、ユーザが、その使用便宜上、上記のようにして予め対象物に対し 対応付けられた対象物情報の内容を (例えば後に復帰させることを前提として)仮に 変更したい場合がある(一例としては、小売店で販売する商品の価格をディスカウント する場合、物品'人物のモニター監視システムにおいて物品'人物の出入りに関する 制限を緩和 ·解除する場合等)。  [0007] As described above, with the limitation of the storage capacity of the IC circuit unit of the RFID circuit element, tag identification information is stored in the IC circuit unit, and object information is stored and held in a database and linked. However, there are cases where the user wants to temporarily change the contents of the object information previously associated with the object as described above (for example, assuming that it is restored later) for convenience of use (for example, For example, when discounting the price of a product sold at a retail store, the restriction on entry / exit of the item 'person' in the item 'person monitor monitoring system is relaxed / released, etc.).
[0008] し力しながら、上記従来技術のように IC回路部のタグ識別情報とデータベースとの 対象物情報とを単にリンクさせる手法では、上記のように対象物情報を仮に変更した い場合であっても、もともとのタグ識別情報にリンクされたデータベース内の対象物情 報自体を修正しなければならず、また対象物情報を元に戻した 、場合には上記修正 した対象物情報をさらに再修正して復元する必要がある。このような作業は非常に煩 わしいものであり、また高度な知識が必要となるため、一般ユーザにとっては非常に 困難なものとなっていた。  However, with the technique of simply linking the tag identification information of the IC circuit unit and the object information in the database as in the above prior art, if the object information is to be changed as described above, Even if it exists, the object information itself in the database linked to the original tag identification information must be corrected, and if the object information is restored, the above-mentioned corrected object information is further updated. It needs to be corrected and restored. Such work is very troublesome and requires advanced knowledge, which makes it very difficult for general users.
[0009] 本発明の目的は、一般ユーザが容易かつ簡便な方法で実質的に対象物情報の内 容の変更を行える無線タグ、無線タグ情報読み取り装置、及びタグラベル作成装置 を提供することにある。  [0009] An object of the present invention is to provide a wireless tag, a wireless tag information reading device, and a tag label producing device that allow a general user to substantially change the contents of object information by an easy and simple method. .
課題を解決するための手段  Means for solving the problem
[0010] 上記目的を達成するために、第 1の発明は、情報を記憶する IC回路部、及び、この IC回路部に接続されるタグ側アンテナを備えた変更用無線タグ回路素子を有する無 線タグであって、前記変更用無線タグ回路素子の前記 IC回路部は、当該変更用無 線タグ回路素子に対し予め想定された対象物に係わる対象物情報の少なくとも一部 を変更処理するための変更化情報又はこれに対応する情報を、記憶保持することを 特徴とする。 [0010] In order to achieve the above object, the first invention provides an IC circuit unit for storing information, and this A wireless tag having a modification RFID circuit element having a tag-side antenna connected to an IC circuit section, wherein the IC circuit section of the modification RFID circuit element is the modification wireless tag circuit element On the other hand, it is characterized by storing and holding modified information for changing at least a part of object information related to an object previously assumed or information corresponding thereto.
[0011] 一般に、無線タグ回路素子の IC回路部の記憶容量はそれほど大きくなく制限があ ることから、 IC回路部には所定のタグ識別情報 (タグ ID)を記憶させておき、対応する 対象物情報自体は別のデータベースに格納保持し、それらをリンクさせる形をとるこ とがある。この場合、ユーザによる無線タグの使用時には、対象物(物品に限らず、人 物、建造物等も含まれる)に関わる無線タグ回路素子のタグ識別情報を無線タグ情 報読み取り装置にて読み取り、その読みとつたタグ識別情報に基づきデータベース を検索することにより、当該対象物に関わる対象物情報を取得する (なお、対象物情 報を、上記無線タグ回路素子ではなくバーコード等に記憶させている場合も同様で ある)。  [0011] In general, the storage capacity of the IC circuit unit of the RFID circuit element is not so large and limited, so that predetermined tag identification information (tag ID) is stored in the IC circuit unit, and the corresponding target Object information itself may be stored and held in a separate database and linked together. In this case, when the user uses the RFID tag, the RFID tag information reading device reads the tag identification information of the RFID circuit element related to the target object (including not only articles but also humans, buildings, etc.) By searching the database based on the tag identification information read, the object information related to the object is acquired (the object information is stored in a barcode or the like instead of the RFID circuit element). It is the same when there is a
[0012] ここで、ユーザが、その使用便宜上、上記のようにして予め対象物に対し対応付け られた対象物情報の内容を (後に復帰させることを前提として)変更した 、場合がある 力 本願第 1発明の無線タグでは、このような場合に対応して変更用無線タグ回路素 子に変更化情報 (又はこれに対応する情報)を記憶保持させて!/ヽる。  [0012] Here, for the convenience of use, the user may change the content of the object information previously associated with the object as described above (assuming that the object information is restored later). In the wireless tag of the first aspect of the invention, the change information (or information corresponding thereto) is stored and held in the change wireless tag circuit element corresponding to such a case!
[0013] これにより、この無線タグの変更用無線タグ回路素子の変更対象として予め想定さ れた対象物に係わる (別の)無線タグ回路素子のタグ識別情報を無線タグ情報読み 取り装置で読み取り(又はバーコード等の情報をバーコードスキャナ等で読み取り)、 上記リンク付けをもとに対応する対象物情報を取得する一方で、本願第 1発明の変 更用無線タグ回路素子に対しても読み取りを行ってこれに基づき上記変更化情報を 取得することで、上記取得された対象物情報の全部又は一部を変更処理する(読み 出した後に変更 ·修正して認識する)ことが可能となる。  Thus, the RFID tag information reading device reads the tag identification information of the (another) RFID circuit element related to the object previously assumed as the change object of the RFID circuit element for changing the RFID tag. (Or, read information such as a barcode with a barcode scanner, etc.), while obtaining the corresponding object information based on the above link, the modification RFID tag circuit element of the first invention of the present application is also obtained. By reading and acquiring the modified information based on this, it is possible to change all or part of the acquired object information (change / correct and recognize after reading). Become.
[0014] したがって、もともとのタグ識別情報 (又はバーコード情報)にリンクされたデータべ ース内の対象物情報自体は維持したまま修正する必要がな 、ので、データベース内 の対象物情報を修正した後に再度元に戻す場合のような煩わしさや高度の知識を必 要とせず、一般ユーザが容易かつ簡便な方法で実質的に対象物情報の内容の変更 を行うことができる。 [0014] Therefore, it is not necessary to modify the object information in the database linked to the original tag identification information (or barcode information) while maintaining the object information in the database. After that, it is necessary to have the annoyance and advanced knowledge like returning to the original state again. The general user can substantially change the contents of the object information by an easy and simple method.
[0015] 第 2発明は、上記第 1発明において、前記変更用無線タグ回路素子の前記 IC回路 部は、前記予め想定された対象物に係わる対象用無線タグ回路素子に記憶されて いる前記対象物情報の少なくとも一部を変更処理するための前記変更化情報又はこ れに対応する情報を記憶保持することを特徴とする。  [0015] In a second invention according to the first invention, the IC circuit portion of the RFID tag circuit element for change is the object stored in the RFID circuit element for an object related to the object assumed in advance. The modified information for modifying at least a part of the object information or information corresponding thereto is stored and held.
[0016] 変更用無線タグ回路素子の変更対象として予め想定された対象物に係わる (別の) 対象用無線タグ回路素子のタグ識別情報を無線タグ情報読み取り装置で読み取り、 リンク付けをもとに対応する対象物情報を取得する一方で、本願第 2発明の変更用 無線タグ回路素子に対しても読み取りを行ってこれに基づき変更化情報を取得する ことで、上記取得された対象物情報の全部又は一部を変更処理する(読み出した後 に変更 '修正して認識する)ことができる。これにより、もともとのタグ識別情報にリンク されたデータベース内の対象物情報自体は維持したまま修正する必要がな!、ので、 データベース内の対象物情報を修正した後に再度元に戻す場合のような煩わしさや 高度の知識を必要とせず、一般ユーザが容易かつ簡便な方法で実質的に対象物情 報の内容の変更を行うことができる。  [0016] The tag identification information of the (another) target RFID circuit element related to the object previously assumed as the change target of the change RFID circuit element is read by the RFID tag information reading device, and based on the link While acquiring the corresponding target object information, by reading the change RFID circuit element of the second invention of the present application and acquiring the change information based on this, the above-described target object information is obtained. All or part of the data can be changed (changes can be corrected and recognized after reading). As a result, it is not necessary to modify the object information in the database linked to the original tag identification information while maintaining it! Therefore, as in the case of restoring the object information after correcting the object information in the database. The general user can substantially change the contents of the object information by an easy and simple method without requiring bothersomeness and advanced knowledge.
[0017] 第 3発明は、上記第 2発明において、前記変更化情報の変更機能に関する情報が 印字された印字領域を備えることを特徴とする。  [0017] A third invention is characterized in that, in the above-mentioned second invention, there is provided a print area in which information relating to the change function of the change information is printed.
[0018] これにより、印字領域の印字を見るだけで、ユーザが当該無線タグがどのような変 更機能を備える力を明確に視覚的に認識することができる。  [0018] Thereby, the user can clearly visually recognize the power of the wireless tag having the change function only by looking at the print in the print area.
[0019] 第 4発明は、上記第 3発明において、前記変更用無線タグ回路素子の前記 IC回路 部は、前記対象用無線タグ回路素子を備えた対象用無線タグと照合するための前記 対象物情報又はこれに対応する情報を記憶保持することを特徴とする。  [0019] In a fourth aspect based on the third aspect, the IC circuit section of the change-use RFID tag circuit element is the target for checking with a target radio tag including the target RFID tag circuit element. Information or information corresponding to the information is stored and held.
[0020] 変更すべき対象である対象物情報 (又はこれに対応する情報)を記憶保持して ヽる ことより、ユーザが誤って本願第 4発明の無線タグの変更用無線タグ回路素子の変更 対象として想定されて ヽな ヽ対象物の対象物情報を取得し、本願第 4発明に係る変 更用無線タグ回路素子の変更化情報を用いて変更しょうとしたとき、対象物情報どう しの照合を行って本来変更対象でな 、ことを何らかの形で確認したり、照合不適正 の場合には変更不可能としたり等の各種対応をとることが可能となる。 [0020] By storing and holding object information (or information corresponding thereto) that is an object to be changed, the user mistakenly changes the RFID circuit element for changing the RFID tag of the fourth invention of the present application. When the object information of an object that is assumed to be an object is acquired and an attempt is made to change it using the change information of the RFID circuit element for change according to the fourth invention of the present application, the object information Verify that it is not subject to change in some way, or verify it in some way In this case, it is possible to take various measures such as making the change impossible.
[0021] 第 5発明は、上記第 4発明において、前記変更用無線タグ回路素子の前記 IC回路 部は、前記対象物情報としての前記対象物である物品の識別情報又はこれに対応 する情報を記憶保持することを特徴とする。  [0021] In a fourth aspect based on the fourth aspect, the IC circuit section of the RFID tag circuit element for modification uses the identification information of the article that is the object as the object information or information corresponding thereto. It is memorized and held.
[0022] これにより、対象物として物品を対象としその管理に無線タグを用いる用途、例えば 物品の移動管理や、物品価格等の各種属性'付属情報等の管理において、物品に 関連づけられた各種情報を変更することができる。 [0022] Accordingly, in the use of an object as an object and the use of a wireless tag for the management, for example, the management of various attributes associated with the movement of the article and various attributes such as the article price 'attached information, etc., various information associated with the article Can be changed.
[0023] 第 6発明は、上記第 4発明において、前記変更用無線タグ回路素子の前記 IC回路 部は、前記対象物情報としての前記対象物である人物の識別情報又はこれに対応 する情報を記憶保持することを特徴とする。 [0023] In a sixth aspect based on the fourth aspect, the IC circuit section of the RFID tag circuit element for change uses the identification information of the person who is the object as the object information or information corresponding thereto. It is memorized and held.
[0024] これにより、対象物として人物を対象としその管理に無線タグを用いる用途、例えば 人物の移動管理や、その他各種属性'付属情報等の管理において、人物に関連づ けられた各種情報を変更することができる。 [0024] This makes it possible to use various types of information related to a person in applications where a person is targeted as an object and a wireless tag is used for the management, for example, management of movement of a person and management of various other attributes' attached information, etc. Can be changed.
[0025] 第 7発明は、上記第 4発明において、前記変更用無線タグ回路素子の前記 IC回路 部は、前記対象物情報としての前記対象物である物品及び人物の識別情報又はこ れに対応する情報を記憶保持することを特徴とする。 [0025] In a fourth aspect based on the fourth aspect, the IC circuit section of the RFID tag circuit element for change corresponds to identification information of an article and a person as the target object as the target object information or the same. The information to be stored is stored and held.
[0026] これにより、対象物として物品及び人物を対象としその管理に無線タグを用いる用 途、例えば人物による物品の持ち込み ·持ち出し管理等において、人物や物品に関 連づけられた各種情報を変更することができる。 [0026] This makes it possible to change various types of information related to a person or an object in the use of the RFID tag for managing the object and the person as an object, for example, management of bringing in or taking out an article by a person. can do.
[0027] 第 8発明は、上記第 5乃至第 7発明のいずれかにおいて、前記変更用無線タグ回 路素子の前記 IC回路部は、前記対象物情報としての前記識別情報で特定される前 記対象物に係わる被変更情報又はこれに対応する情報を記憶保持することを特徴と する。 [0027] In an eighth invention according to any one of the fifth to seventh inventions, the IC circuit section of the RFID circuit element for change is specified by the identification information as the object information. It is characterized by storing and holding changed information related to an object or information corresponding thereto.
[0028] 変更すべき情報である被変更情報 (又はこれに対応する情報)を記憶保持して!/ヽる ことより、例えば同一対象物に対し、互いに異なる内容の変更化情報をそれぞれ備 えた複数の無線タグがあつたときに、ユーザが誤って変更を意図するものとは異なる 無線タグを用い、その変更化情報を用いて変更しょうとしたとき、被変更情報どうしの 照合を行って意図する変更内容でないことを何らかの形で確認したり、照合不適正 の場合には変更不可能としたり等の各種対応をとることが可能となる。 [0028] By storing and holding changed information (or information corresponding to it) that is information to be changed, it is possible to provide changed information with different contents for the same object, for example. When there are multiple wireless tags, when using a wireless tag that is different from the one that the user intended to change accidentally and trying to change it using the modified information, the information is changed and the intention is verified. Confirm that it is not a change to be made In this case, it is possible to take various measures such as making the change impossible.
[0029] 第 9発明は、上記第 8発明において、前記変更用無線タグ回路素子の前記 IC回路 部は、前記対象物情報としての前記対象物である物品の前記識別情報及び前記被 変更情報である当該物品の価格情報又はこれに対応する情報と、前記変更化情報 としての当該物品の価格変更情報又はこれに対応する情報とを記憶保持することを 特徴とする。  [0029] In a ninth aspect based on the eighth aspect, the IC circuit section of the RFID tag circuit element for change is the identification information and the change information of the article that is the target object as the target object information. Price information of a certain article or information corresponding thereto, and price change information of the article or information corresponding thereto as the change information are stored and held.
[0030] これにより、無線タグ情報読み取り装置で対象物である物品に係わる対象用無線タ グ回路素子への情報読み取りに基づき当該物品の価格情報を取得する一方で、本 願第 9発明の変更用無線タグ回路素子に対しての情報読み取りに基づき価格変更 情報を取得することで、当該物品の価格情報を実質的に変更することができる。  [0030] Thereby, the price information of the article is obtained based on the information read to the target wireless tag circuit element related to the article as the object by the RFID tag information reading apparatus, while the modification of the ninth invention of the present application is performed. By acquiring price change information based on reading information from the RFID tag circuit element, the price information of the article can be substantially changed.
[0031] 第 10発明は、上記第 8発明において、前記変更用無線タグ回路素子の前記 IC回 路部は、前記対象物情報としての前記対象物である物品の前記識別情報及び前記 被変更情報である当該物品の移動制限態様又はこれに対応する情報と、前記変更 化情報としての当該物品の移動制限の解除情報又はこれに対応する情報とを記憶 保持することを特徴とする。  [0031] In a tenth aspect based on the eighth aspect, the IC circuit section of the RFID circuit element for change is the identification information and the change information of the article that is the target object as the target object information. The movement restriction mode of the article or the information corresponding thereto and the movement restriction release information of the article or the information corresponding thereto as the change information are stored and held.
[0032] これにより、無線タグ情報読み取り装置で対象物である物品に係わる対象用無線タ グ回路素子への情報読み取りに基づき当該物品の移動制限情報を取得する一方で 、本願第 10発明の変更用無線タグ回路素子に対しての情報読み取りに基づき移動 制限解除情報を取得することで、当該物品の移動制限を実質的に変更することがで きる。  [0032] Accordingly, the movement restriction information of the article is acquired based on the information read to the target wireless tag circuit element related to the article as the object by the wireless tag information reading device, while the modification of the tenth invention of the present application is performed. By acquiring movement restriction release information based on reading information from the RFID tag circuit element, the movement restriction of the article can be substantially changed.
[0033] 第 11発明は、上記第 8発明において、前記変更用無線タグ回路素子の前記 IC回 路部は、前記対象物情報としての前記対象物である人物の前記識別情報及び前記 被変更情報である当該人物の移動制限態様又はこれに対応する情報と、前記変更 化情報としての当該人物の移動制限の解除情報又はこれに対応する情報とを記憶 保持することを特徴とする。  [0033] In an eleventh aspect based on the eighth aspect, the IC circuit section of the changing RFID circuit element includes the identification information of the person who is the object and the change information as the object information. The movement restriction mode of the person or information corresponding thereto and information on canceling the movement restriction of the person or information corresponding thereto as the change information are stored and held.
[0034] これにより、無線タグ情報読み取り装置で対象物である人物に係わる対象用無線タ グ回路素子への情報読み取りに基づき当該人物の移動制限情報を取得する一方で 、本願第 11発明の変更用無線タグ回路素子に対しての情報読み取りに基づき移動 制限解除情報を取得することで、当該人物の移動制限を実質的に変更することがで きる。 [0034] Thus, while the wireless tag information reading device acquires the movement restriction information of the person based on the information read to the target wireless tag circuit element related to the person who is the object, the modification of the eleventh invention of the present application Movement based on reading information from RFID tag circuit elements By obtaining the restriction release information, the movement restriction of the person can be substantially changed.
[0035] 第 12発明は、上記第 8発明において、前記変更用無線タグ回路素子の前記 IC回 路部は、前記対象物情報としての前記対象物である人物と物品との前記識別情報及 び前記被変更情報である当該人物による物品の持ち出し '持ち込み制限態様又はこ れに対応する情報と、前記変更化情報としての当該持ち出し '持ち込み制限の解除 情報又はこれに対応する情報とを記憶保持することを特徴とする。  [0035] In a twelfth aspect based on the eighth aspect, the IC circuit section of the RFID tag circuit element for change includes the identification information between the person who is the target object and the article as the target object information. The information to be taken out by the person as the information to be changed 'take-in restriction mode or information corresponding thereto, and the information to be taken out as' changed information' release restriction or information corresponding thereto are stored and held. It is characterized by that.
[0036] これにより、無線タグ情報読み取り装置で対象物である人物'物品に係わる対象用 無線タグ回路素子への情報読み取りに基づき当該人物による物品の持ち出し '持ち 込み制限情報を取得する一方で、本願第 12発明の変更用無線タグ回路素子に対し ての情報読み取りに基づき持ち出し '持ち込み制限解除情報を取得することで、当 該制限を実質的に変更することができる。  [0036] Thereby, while the RFID tag information reading device obtains information on restricting bringing-in of the article by the person based on reading of information to the target RFID tag circuit element related to the article of the person as the object, The restriction can be substantially changed by acquiring the carry-in restriction release information based on the information read from the RFID circuit element for change according to the twelfth invention of the present application.
[0037] 上記目的を達成するために、本願第 13発明は、 IC回路部及びこの IC回路部に接 続されたタグ側アンテナを備えた無線タグ回路素子と無線通信により情報の送受信 を行う読み取り装置側アンテナと、この読み取り装置側アンテナを介した無線通信に 応じて、第 1無線タグ回路素子の前記 IC回路部に記憶保持されたタグ識別情報に基 づき、当該第 1無線タグ回路素子に関連づけられた対象物に係わる対象物情報を取 得するとともに、第 2無線タグ回路素子の前記 IC回路部に記憶保持され、当該第 2無 線タグ回路素子に係わる前記第 1無線タグ回路素子の前記対象物情報の少なくとも 一部を変更処理するための変更化情報又はこれに対応する情報を取得する情報取 得手段と、前記変更化情報を用いて、前記第 1無線タグ回路素子の前記タグ識別情 報に基づき取得した前記対象物情報の少なくとも一部を変更処理する変更処理手 段とを有することを特徴とする。  In order to achieve the above object, the thirteenth invention of the present application reads and transmits information by wireless communication with an RFID circuit element having an IC circuit section and a tag-side antenna connected to the IC circuit section. Based on the tag identification information stored and held in the IC circuit portion of the first RFID circuit element in response to the wireless communication via the device antenna and the reader antenna, the first RFID circuit element The object information related to the associated object is obtained and stored in the IC circuit unit of the second wireless tag circuit element, and the first wireless tag circuit element related to the second wireless tag circuit element is stored. Information acquisition means for acquiring change information for changing or processing at least a part of the object information or information corresponding thereto, and the tag information of the first RFID circuit element using the change information. And having a changing process means to change processing at least a portion of the acquired said object information based on the information.
[0038] 一般に、無線タグ回路素子の IC回路部の記憶容量はそれほど大きくなく制限があ ることから、 IC回路部には所定のタグ識別情報 (タグ ID)を記憶させておき、対応する 対象物情報自体は別のデータベースに格納保持し、それらをリンクさせる形をとるこ とがある。本願第 13発明の無線タグ情報読み取り装置では、ユーザによる無線タグ の使用時には、対象物 (物品に限らず、人物、建造物等も含まれる)に関わる第 1無 線タグ回路素子のタグ識別情報を読み取り装置側アンテナを介し読み取ることで、そ の読みとつたタグ識別情報に基づき、情報取得手段が例えばデータベースを検索す ることにより当該対象物に関わる対象物情報を取得する。 [0038] In general, the storage capacity of the IC circuit unit of the RFID circuit element is not so large and limited, so that predetermined tag identification information (tag ID) is stored in the IC circuit unit, and the corresponding target Object information itself may be stored and held in a separate database and linked together. In the wireless tag information reading device according to the thirteenth invention of the present application, when the wireless tag is used by the user, the first object related to the target object (including not only articles but also persons, buildings, etc.) is used. By reading the tag identification information of the line tag circuit element through the reading device side antenna, the information acquisition means searches the database, for example, based on the tag identification information that is read, and the object information related to the object To get.
[0039] ここで、ユーザが、その使用便宜上、上記のようにして予め対象物に対し対応付け られた対象物情報の内容を (後に復帰させることを前提として)変更した 、場合がある 力 本願第 13発明の無線タグ情報読み取り装置では、このような場合、上記対象物 情報を変更するための変更化情報を備えた別の無線タグの第 2無線タグ回路素子に 対しても読み取り装置側アンテナを介し読み取りを行ってこれに基づき情報取得手 段が上記変更化情報を取得し、変更処理手段が前述の取得された対象物情報の全 部又は一部を変更処理する(読み出した後に変更 ·修正して認識する。  [0039] Here, for the convenience of use, the user may change the content of the object information previously associated with the object as described above (assuming that the object information is restored later). In such a case, in the RFID tag information reading device according to the thirteenth aspect of the present invention, the antenna on the reading device side is also applied to the second RFID circuit element of another RFID tag provided with the change information for changing the object information. Based on this, the information acquisition means acquires the changed information, and the change processing means changes all or part of the acquired object information (changes Correct and recognize.
[0040] これにより、もともとのタグ識別情報にリンクされたデータベース内の対象物情報自 体は維持したまま修正する必要がな 、ので、データベース内の対象物情報を修正し た後に再度元に戻す場合のような煩わしさや高度の知識を必要とせず、一般ユーザ が容易かつ簡便な方法で実質的に対象物情報の内容の変更を行うことができる。  [0040] Thus, there is no need to modify the object information itself in the database linked to the original tag identification information, so the object information in the database is corrected and then restored again. The general user can substantially change the content of the object information by an easy and simple method without the need for bothersomeness and advanced knowledge.
[0041] 第 14発明は、上記第 13発明において、前記情報取得手段は、前記第 2無線タグ 回路素子の前記 IC回路部に記憶保持された前記対象物情報又はこれに対応する 情報を取得し、前記変更処理手段は、その第 2無線タグ回路素子に係わる前記対象 物情報に基づき、前記第 1無線タグ回路素子の前記タグ識別情報に基づき取得した 前記対象物情報の少なくとも一部を、前記変更化情報を用いて変更処理することを 特徴とする。  [0041] In a fourteenth aspect based on the thirteenth aspect, the information acquisition means acquires the object information stored in the IC circuit section of the second RFID tag circuit element or information corresponding thereto. The change processing means, based on the object information related to the second RFID circuit element, at least a part of the object information acquired based on the tag identification information of the first RFID circuit element, It is characterized by change processing using the change information.
[0042] 情報取得手段が、第 2無線タグ回路素子より変更すべき対象である対象物情報 (又 はこれに対応する情報)を取得することより、ユーザが誤って第 2無線タグ回路素子 の変更対象として想定されて 、な 、対象物の対象物情報を取得し、第 2無線タグ回 路素子の変更化情報を用いて変更しょうとしたとき、対象物情報どうしの照合を行つ て本来変更対象でな 、ことを何らかの形で確認したり、照合不適正の場合には変更 不可能としたり等の各種対応をとることが可能となる。  [0042] The information acquisition means acquires the object information (or information corresponding thereto) that is the object to be changed from the second RFID circuit element, so that the user mistakenly selects the second RFID circuit element. If the target information of the target object is acquired and it is attempted to change it using the modified information of the second RFID tag circuit element, the target information is collated. It is possible to take various measures such as confirming that it is not a change target in some form or making it impossible to change if the verification is inappropriate.
[0043] 第 15発明は、上記第 14発明において、前記情報取得手段により、前記第 1無線タ グ回路素子に係わる前記対象物情報と、前記第 2無線タグ回路素子に係わる前記対 象物情報及び前記変更化情報とを取得し、前記第 1無線タグ回路素子のタグ識別情 報と前記第 2無線タグ回路素子のタグ識別情報との合致性を照合判定する照合手段 を有し、前記変更処理手段は、前記照合手段で前記タグ識別情報の合致性が認め られると判定された場合に、前記第 1無線タグ回路素子の前記タグ識別情報に基づ き取得した前記対象物情報の少なくとも一部を変更処理する [0043] In a fifteenth aspect based on the fourteenth aspect, the information acquisition means causes the object information related to the first wireless tag circuit element and the pair related to the second wireless tag circuit element. Collation means for obtaining the figurative information and the modified information, and collating and determining the matching between the tag identification information of the first RFID circuit element and the tag identification information of the second RFID circuit element The change processing means, when the matching means determines that the matching of the tag identification information is recognized, the object information acquired based on the tag identification information of the first RFID circuit element. Change at least part of
ことを特徴とする。  It is characterized by that.
[0044] これにより、ユーザが誤って第 2無線タグ回路素子の変更対象として想定されてい ない対象物の対象物情報を取得し、第 2無線タグ回路素子の変更化情報を用いて 変更しょうとしても、照合手段における対象物情報どうしの照合で不適正の場合には 変更不可能となる。  [0044] Thereby, the user erroneously acquires the object information of the object that is not supposed to be changed of the second RFID circuit element, and tries to change it using the changed information of the second RFID circuit element. However, it cannot be changed if the object information in the verification means is inappropriate.
[0045] 第 16発明は、上記第 13発明において、前記情報取得手段は、前記第 2無線タグ 回路素子の前記 IC回路部から前記変更化情報又はこれに対応する情報を取得した 時刻の前後所定時間範囲内に、前記第 1無線タグ回路素子の前記タグ識別情報に 基づき前記対象物情報を取得し、前記変更処理手段は、前記第 1無線タグ回路素 子の前記タグ識別情報に基づき取得した前記対象物情報の少なくとも一部を、前記 変更化情報を用いて変更処理することを特徴とする。  [0045] In a sixteenth aspect based on the thirteenth aspect, the information acquiring means acquires the changed information or information corresponding thereto from the IC circuit section of the second wireless tag circuit element. Within the time range, the object information is acquired based on the tag identification information of the first RFID circuit element, and the change processing means is acquired based on the tag identification information of the first RFID circuit element. At least a part of the object information is changed by using the changed information.
[0046] 前後所定時間範囲内に情報読み取りを行った第 1無線タグ回路素子に係わる対象 物情報については、第 2無線タグ回路素子の変更対象として想定された対象物の対 象物情報であるとみなし、変更処理手段で変更化情報を用いて変更処理することに より、第 2無線タグ回路素子に対象物情報を記憶保持させる必要がなくなってその記 憶容量を低減でき (又は別の用途に使用することができ)、また読み取り装置側で照 合を行ったりする必要もなくなって構成及び制御内容を簡素化し迅速に処理すること ができる。  [0046] The object information related to the first RFID circuit element that has been read within the predetermined time range before and after is the object information of the object that is assumed to be the change target of the second RFID circuit element. As a result, it is not necessary to store the object information in the second RFID circuit element, and the storage capacity can be reduced (or another application). In addition, since it is not necessary to perform verification on the reader side, the configuration and control contents can be simplified and processed quickly.
[0047] 第 17発明は、上記第 13乃至第 16発明のいずれかにおいて、前記情報取得手段 は、前記第 2無線タグ回路素子より、前記対象物情報としての前記対象物の識別情 報及びこの識別情報で特定される前記対象物に係わる被変更情報又はこれに対応 する情報を取得し、前記変更処理手段は、前記被変更情報の少なくとも一部を、前 記変更化情報を用いて変更処理することを特徴とする。 [0048] 情報取得手段が、第 2無線タグ回路素子より変更すべき情報である被変更情報 (又 はこれに対応する情報)を取得することより、例えば同一対象物に対し、互いに異な る内容の変更化情報をそれぞれ備えた複数の無線タグがあつたときに、ユーザが誤 つて変更を意図するものとは異なる無線タグを用い、その変更化情報を用いて変更 しょうとしたとき、被変更情報どうしの照合を行って意図する変更内容でないことを何 らかの形で確認したり、照合不適正の場合には変更不可能としたり等の各種対応を とることが可能となる。 [0047] In a seventeenth invention according to any one of the thirteenth to sixteenth inventions, the information acquisition means receives the identification information of the object as the object information and the information from the second RFID circuit element. The change information related to the object specified by the identification information or information corresponding thereto is acquired, and the change processing means changes at least a part of the change information using the change information. It is characterized by doing. [0048] By acquiring information to be changed (or information corresponding thereto) from the second RFID circuit element by the information acquisition means, for example, different contents for the same object When there are multiple RFID tags with different modification information, a different RFID tag than the one intended to be modified by the user is used. It is possible to take various measures such as verifying in some way that information is not intended to be changed by collating information, or making it impossible to change if the collation is inappropriate.
[0049] また上記目的を達成するために、本願第 18発明は、情報を記憶する IC回路部と情 報の送受信を行うアンテナとを備えた無線タグ回路素子を配置したタグ媒体又はこ れに貼り合わされる被印字媒体を搬送する搬送手段と、この搬送手段で搬送される 前記無線タグ回路素子との間で、非接触により情報の送受信可能な通信手段とを有 するタグラベル作成装置であって、前記通信手段を介し、前記無線タグ回路素子の 前記 IC回路部に対し、当該無線タグ回路素子に対し予め想定された対象物に係わ る対象物情報の少なくとも一部を変更処理するための変更化情報又はこれに対応す る情報を書き込む、書き込み制御手段を有することを特徴とする。  [0049] Further, in order to achieve the above object, the eighteenth invention of the present application relates to a tag medium in which an RFID circuit element having an IC circuit section for storing information and an antenna for transmitting and receiving information is arranged, or to this tag medium. A tag label producing apparatus having a conveying means for conveying a print medium to be bonded and a communication means capable of transmitting and receiving information in a non-contact manner between the RFID circuit element conveyed by the conveying means. In order to change at least part of the object information related to the object preliminarily assumed for the RFID tag circuit element with respect to the IC circuit unit of the RFID tag circuit element via the communication means It has a writing control means for writing the changed information or the information corresponding thereto.
[0050] 本願第 18発明にお 、ては、タグ媒体又は被印字媒体が搬送手段で搬送され、搬 送される無線タグ回路素子に対して通信手段を介して情報送受信が行われ、その無 線タグ回路素子を用いてタグラベルが作成される。  [0050] In the eighteenth invention of the present application, the tag medium or the print-receiving medium is transported by the transport means, and information is transmitted / received to / from the transported RFID circuit element via the communication means. A tag label is created using the line tag circuit element.
[0051] ここで、一般に、無線タグ回路素子の IC回路部の記憶容量はそれほど大きくなく制 限があることから、 IC回路部には所定のタグ識別情報 (タグ ID)を記憶させておき、対 応する対象物情報自体は別のデータベースに格納保持し、それらをリンクさせる形を とることがある。この場合、ユーザによる無線タグの使用時には、対象物(物品に限ら ず、人物、建造物等も含まれる)に関わる無線タグ回路素子のタグ識別情報を無線タ グ情報読み取り装置にて読み取り、その読みとつたタグ識別情報に基づきデータべ ースを検索することにより、当該対象物に関わる対象物情報を取得する。このような 場合に、ユーザが、その使用便宜上、上記のようにして予め対象物に対し対応付け られた対象物情報の内容を (後に復帰させることを前提として)変更した 、場合がある [0052] 本願第 18発明のタグラベル作成装置では、このような場合に対応して、ラベル作成 の際、書き込み制御手段が無線タグ回路素子に変更化情報 (又はこれに対応する情 報)を書き込む。これにより、この無線タグラベルの無線タグ回路素子の変更対象とし て予め想定された対象物に係わる (別の)無線タグ回路素子のタグ識別情報を無線 タグ情報読み取り装置で読み取り、上記リンク付けをもとに対応する対象物情報を取 得する一方で、本願第 17発明のタグラベル作成装置で作成した無線タグラベルの 無線タグ回路素子に対しても読み取りを行ってこれに基づき上記変更化情報を取得 することで、上記取得された対象物情報の全部又は一部を変更処理する(読み出し た後に変更 ·修正して認識する)ことが可能となる。 [0051] Here, generally, since the storage capacity of the IC circuit unit of the RFID circuit element is not so large and limited, the IC circuit unit stores predetermined tag identification information (tag ID) Corresponding object information itself may be stored and held in a separate database and linked. In this case, when the user uses the wireless tag, the tag identification information of the RFID circuit element related to the target object (including not only articles but also persons, buildings, etc.) is read by the wireless tag information reader, By searching the database based on the tag identification information read, the object information related to the object is acquired. In such a case, the user may have changed the content of the object information previously associated with the object as described above for the convenience of use (assuming that it will be restored later). In the tag label producing apparatus according to the eighteenth aspect of the present invention, in response to such a case, when producing a label, the writing control means writes the changed information (or information corresponding thereto) to the RFID circuit element. . As a result, the RFID tag information reading device reads the tag identification information of the (another) RFID circuit element related to the object previously assumed as the object of change of the RFID circuit element of the RFID label, and the above-mentioned linking is performed. While obtaining the object information corresponding to the above, the RFID tag circuit element of the RFID label produced by the tag label producing apparatus of the seventeenth invention of the present application is also read and the modified information is obtained based on this reading. Thus, all or a part of the acquired object information can be changed (read / changed / recognized after reading).
[0053] したがって、もともとのタグ識別情報にリンクされたデータベース内の対象物情報自 体は維持したまま修正する必要がな 、ので、データベース内の対象物情報を修正し た後に再度元に戻す場合のような煩わしさや高度の知識を必要とせず、一般ユーザ が容易かつ簡便な方法で実質的に対象物情報の内容の変更を行うことができる。  [0053] Therefore, there is no need to modify the object information itself in the database linked to the original tag identification information, so the object information in the database is corrected and then restored again. Therefore, the general user can substantially change the contents of the object information by an easy and simple method.
[0054] 第 19発明は、上記第 18発明において、動作モードとして、前記書き込み制御手段 による前記変更化情報又はこれに対応する情報の書き込みを行う変更タグモードと、 当該変更化情報又はこれに対応する情報の書き込みを行わない通常タグモードとを 切り替えるモード切替手段を有することを特徴とする。  [0054] In a nineteenth aspect based on the eighteenth aspect, as the operation mode, a change tag mode for writing the changed information or information corresponding thereto by the write control means, and the changed information or the corresponding information And a mode switching means for switching between a normal tag mode in which information to be written is not written.
[0055] これにより、ユーザは、用途やニーズに対応してモードを選択的に切り替えることで 、変更化情報 (又はこれに対応する情報)を無線タグ回路素子に備えた無線タグラベ ルと、変更化情報を無線タグ回路素子に備えない通常の無線タグラベルとの両方を おなじタグラベル作成装置で作成することができるので、利便性が向上する。  [0055] Thereby, the user can selectively change the mode according to the application and needs, and the RFID tag element having the RFID tag circuit element with the changed information (or information corresponding thereto) can be changed. Since the same tag label producing device can produce both the normal RFID tag that does not include the digitized information in the RFID circuit element, the convenience is improved.
[0056] 第 20発明は、上記第 19発明において、前記書き込み制御手段は、前記変更化情 報又はこれに対応する情報とともに、前記対象物情報としての前記対象物の識別情 報及びこの識別情報で特定される前記対象物に係わる被変更情報又はこれに対応 する情報を、前記無線タグ回路素子の前記 IC回路部に書き込み、前記被変更情報 又は前記変更化情報の内容を設定する設定信号を入力する設定信号入力手段を 有することを特徴とする。  [0056] In a twentieth invention according to the nineteenth invention, the write control means includes the change information or information corresponding thereto, the identification information of the object as the object information, and the identification information. The change information related to the object specified in (1) or information corresponding thereto is written in the IC circuit section of the RFID circuit element, and a setting signal for setting the contents of the change information or the change information is provided. It has a setting signal input means for inputting.
[0057] 被変更情報や変更化情報の内容をユーザが例えば適宜の設定手段で設定可能と することにより、対象物情報の変更処理を行うタグラベルの作成作業をさらに容易か つ円滑に行うことができる。 [0057] The user can set the contents of the changed information and the changed information by, for example, an appropriate setting means. By doing so, the creation of the tag label for changing the object information can be performed more easily and smoothly.
[0058] 第 21発明は、上記第 20発明において、前記モード切替手段は、無線タグ情報読 み取り装置からの前記対象物の識別情報又はこれに対応する情報の入力があった 場合には、前記動作モードを前記変更タグモードに切り替え、前記書き込み制御手 段は、前記識別情報及び対応する前記被変更情報又はこれに対応する情報を前記 無線タグ回路素子の前記 IC回路部に書き込むことを特徴とする。  [0058] According to a twenty-first aspect, in the twentieth aspect, the mode switching means receives the identification information of the object or information corresponding to the object from the RFID tag information reading device. The operation mode is switched to the change tag mode, and the write control unit writes the identification information and the corresponding information to be changed or information corresponding thereto into the IC circuit unit of the RFID circuit element. And
[0059] これにより、例えばタグラベル作成装置に接続された無線タグ情報読み取り装置に おいて所定の対象物に係る無線タグ回路素子に対し情報読み取りが行われた場合 には、これに基づき当該対象物の識別情報 (又はこれに対応する情報)がタグラベル 作成装置に入力され、モード切替手段によって動作モードが自動的に変更タグモー ドに切り替えられ、対応する変更化情報を備えた無線タグラベルを作成することがで きる。したがって、各対象物に対応した、変更化情報つき無線タグラベルの作成を容 易に行うことができ、ユーザの利便性を向上することができる。  Thus, for example, when information is read from the RFID tag circuit element related to the predetermined object in the RFID tag information reading apparatus connected to the tag label producing apparatus, the object Identification information (or corresponding information) is input to the tag label producing device, the operation mode is automatically switched to the change tag mode by the mode switching means, and the RFID label with the corresponding change information is created. I can do it. Therefore, it is possible to easily create a RFID label with changed information corresponding to each object, and to improve user convenience.
[0060] 第 22発明は、上記第 20又は第 21発明において、表示手段に対し、前記被変更情 報及び前記変更化情報の内容を設定する変更化設定画面を表示する表示信号を 出力する表示信号出力手段を有することを特徴とする。  [0060] The twenty-second invention is the display according to the twentieth or twenty-first invention, wherein the display means outputs a display signal for displaying a changed setting screen for setting the information to be changed and the contents of the changed information. It has a signal output means.
[0061] 被変更情報や変更化情報の内容を変更化設定画面に表示し、その変更化設定画 面でユーザがそれら情報内容を各種設定可能とすることにより、対象物情報の変更 処理を行うタグラベルの作成作業をさらに容易かつ円滑に行うことができる。  [0061] The contents of the information to be changed and the information to be changed are displayed on the change setting screen, and the user can change the object information by enabling the user to set various information contents on the change setting screen. The tag label can be created more easily and smoothly.
発明の効果  The invention's effect
[0062] 本発明によれば、一般ユーザが容易かつ簡便な方法で実質的に対象物情報の内 容の変更を確実に行うことができる。  [0062] According to the present invention, it is possible for a general user to reliably change the content of the object information substantially by an easy and simple method.
発明を実施するための最良の形態  BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
[0063] 以下、本発明の実施の形態を図面を参照しつつ説明する。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
[0064] 本発明の第 1の実施形態を図 1〜図 17により説明する。本実施形態は、小売店で の商品の価格を会計処理する会計システムに本発明を適用した場合の実施形態で ある。 [0065] 図 1は、本実施形態の無線タグ及びこれに記憶した無線タグ情報を読み取る無線 タグ情報読み取り装置を備えた会計システムの全体概略を表すシステム構成図であ る。 [0064] A first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to Figs. This embodiment is an embodiment when the present invention is applied to an accounting system for accounting for the price of a product at a retail store. FIG. 1 is a system configuration diagram showing an overall outline of an accounting system including a wireless tag according to the present embodiment and a wireless tag information reading device that reads wireless tag information stored in the wireless tag.
[0066] 図 1に示すこの例において、この会計システム 1はスーパーマーケットなどの小売店 において配置されるものであり、商品 2の会計処理を行うためのレジスタ 3と、このレジ スタ 3に適宜の通信ネットワーク NWを介して接続されたデータベース 6と力 構成さ れている。  [0066] In this example shown in FIG. 1, this accounting system 1 is arranged in a retail store such as a supermarket, and a register 3 for accounting for goods 2 and an appropriate communication with this register 3 are provided. It is configured with database 6 connected via network NW.
[0067] 商品(対象物) 2には、その定価が印字されている定価タグラベル (第 1無線タグ回 路素子を備えるタグラベル) Tbと、時間サービスなどで定価力 値引きする値引き額 が印字されて!ヽる値引タグラベル (第 2無線タグ回路素子を備えるタグラベル) Thと の 2つが貼付されている(タグラベル Tb, Thの詳細構造については後述する)。定価 タグラベル Tbは商品 2が商品棚に陳列されている間に常に貼付されるものであり、一 方、値引タグラベル Thは商品 2が陳列されている間のうちの所定の時間の経過後( 又はある時間帯限定で一時的に)商品に貼付されるものである。なお、商品 2に添付 するのは必ずしもタグラベル形式には限られず、例えばカード形式等の他の形式で 同等の機能をもつ無線タグであってもよ 、。  [0067] The product (object) 2 is printed with a fixed price tag label (a tag label having a first RFID tag circuit element) Tb on which the fixed price is printed, and a discount amount for discounting the price power with a time service or the like. Two discount tag labels (tag labels equipped with second RFID circuit elements) Th are attached (detailed structure of tag labels Tb and Th will be described later). The regular price tag label Tb is always affixed while the product 2 is displayed on the product shelf. On the other hand, the discount tag label Th is displayed after a predetermined time elapses while the product 2 is displayed ( Or it is affixed to a product temporarily (limited to a certain period of time). Note that what is attached to the product 2 is not necessarily limited to the tag label format, and may be a wireless tag having the same function in other formats such as a card format.
[0068] レジスタ 3は、この例では、無線通信を介し、商品 2 (対象物)に定常的に貼り付けら れるタグラベル Tbに備えられる無線タグ回路素子 To (対象用無線タグ回路素子とし ての第 1無線タグ回路素子、図 2参照)、及び、商品 2に一時的に貼り付けられるタグ ラベル Thに備えられる無線タグ回路素子 To (変更用無線タグ回路素子としての第 2 無線タグ回路素子、図 2参照)から読み取った識別情報 (以下、タグ IDという)の検出 を行う(=無線タグ情報読み取り装置としての機能)とともに、そのタグ IDに基づいて 会計計算を行い、さらにタグラベル Tb, Th自体を作成するタグラベル作成装置とし ての機能も備えている。  [0068] In this example, the register 3 is connected to the tag label Tb that is constantly attached to the product 2 (target object) via wireless communication. 1st RFID tag circuit element, see FIG. 2), and RFID tag circuit element To provided on tag label Th temporarily affixed to product 2 (second RFID tag circuit element as a modification RFID circuit element, Identification information (hereinafter referred to as tag ID) read from (see Fig. 2) is detected (= function as a wireless tag information reader), accounting calculation is performed based on the tag ID, and tag labels Tb, Th itself It also has a function as a tag label creation device that creates
[0069] すなわち、レジスタ 3は、各タグラベル Tb, Thと無線通信によりそれぞれの IC回路 部 150に記憶されている情報を読み取るための読み取り装置側アンテナとしてのァ ンテナ (この例では平面アンテナ) 4と、後述する操作部、表示部、レシート印字部及 びタグラベル作成部とを備えたレジスタ本体 5と、タグラベル作成部(タグラベル作成 装置) 11と、操作者力ゝらの指示や情報が入力される操作部 (設定信号入力手段) 14 と、各種金額などの情報やメッセージを表示する表示部 (表示手段) 15と、販売した 商品 2の品目や金額の詳細をロール紙に印字してレシート 18として出力するレシート 印字部 16とを有している。このとき、レジスタ本体 5は通信ネットワーク NWを介して上 記データベース 6と接続されており、各無線タグ回路素子 To力 読み取ったタグ ID に対応する各種の情報を授受可能となっている。また、操作部 14には、数字を入力 するテンキー(特に図示せず)の他に、開始スィッチ 31、終了スィッチ 32、会計スイツ チ 33、定価タグ作成スィッチ 34、値引タグ作成スィッチ 35、合計スィッチ 36が備えら れている。 [0069] That is, the register 3 is an antenna as a reading device side antenna (in this example, a planar antenna) for reading information stored in each IC circuit unit 150 by wireless communication with the tag labels Tb and Th 4 And a register body 5 having an operation section, a display section, a receipt printing section, and a tag label creation section, which will be described later, and a tag label creation section (tag label creation section). Equipment) 11, an operation section (setting signal input means) 14 for inputting instructions and information from the operator, a display section (display means) 15 for displaying information and messages such as various amounts, etc. It has a receipt printing unit 16 that prints the details of the item 2 and the amount of money on roll paper and outputs it as a receipt 18. At this time, the register body 5 is connected to the database 6 via the communication network NW, and can transmit and receive various information corresponding to the tag ID read by each RFID circuit element To force. The operation unit 14 includes a numeric keypad (not shown) for inputting numbers, a start switch 31, an end switch 32, an accounting switch 33, a list price tag creation switch 34, a discount tag creation switch 35, and a total. Switch 36 is provided.
[0070] 図 2は、本実施形態の会計システム 1の概略を表す機能ブロック図である。  FIG. 2 is a functional block diagram showing an outline of the accounting system 1 of the present embodiment.
[0071] この図 2において、各タグラベル Tb, Thは、定価金額又は値引金額が直接印字さ れているラベル本体 149を有し、このラベル本体 149の内部にアンテナ 151と IC回 路部 150とで構成される上記無線タグ回路素子 Toが内包されて 、る。 In FIG. 2, each tag label Tb, Th has a label body 149 on which a fixed price or a discount price is directly printed. Inside the label body 149, an antenna 151 and an IC circuit section 150 are provided. The RFID circuit element To including the above is included.
[0072] レジスタ 3のレジスタ本体 5は、 CPU (中央演算装置) 10と、上記タグラベル作成部 11と、上記通信ネットワーク NWを介してデータベース 6との制御信号及び情報信号 の授受の制御を行うネットワーク通信制御部 12と、例えば RAMや ROM等力もなるメ モリ 13と、上記操作部 14と、上記表示部 15と、上記レシート印字部 16と、上記平面 アンテナ 4を介しタグラベル Tb, Thとの無線通信の制御を行う RF通信制御部 17とを 備えている。 [0072] The register body 5 of the register 3 includes a CPU (central processing unit) 10, the tag label creating unit 11, and a network that controls transmission / reception of control signals and information signals to / from the database 6 via the communication network NW. Wireless communication between the communication control unit 12, the memory 13 that also has, for example, RAM or ROM, the operation unit 14, the display unit 15, the receipt printing unit 16, and the tag labels Tb and Th via the planar antenna 4. And an RF communication control unit 17 for controlling communication.
[0073] CPU10は、 RAMの一時記憶機能を利用しつつ ROMに予め記憶されたプログラ ムに従って信号処理を行い、それによつてタグラベル Tb, Thの検出処理や対応する 情報をデータベース 6から取得する処理及び会計処理などを行 、、またタグラベル作 成部 11に対しタグラベル Tb, Thを作成する処理を行うようになって ヽる。  [0073] The CPU 10 performs signal processing in accordance with a program stored in advance in the ROM while using the temporary storage function of the RAM, thereby detecting the tag labels Tb and Th and processing for acquiring the corresponding information from the database 6. In addition, the accounting process and the like are performed, and the tag label creating unit 11 performs the process of creating the tag labels Tb and Th.
[0074] データベース 6は、 CPU (中央演算装置) 21と、上記と同様のメモリ 22と、各タグラ ベル Tb, Thに関する各種情報を記憶するハードディスク装置 23と、上記通信ネット ワーク NWを介してレジスタ 3との制御信号及び情報信号の授受の制御を行うネットヮ ーク通信制御部 24とを備えて 、る。  [0074] The database 6 includes a CPU (central processing unit) 21, a memory 22 similar to the above, a hard disk device 23 that stores various types of information related to the tag labels Tb and Th, and a register via the communication network NW. And a network communication control unit 24 for controlling transmission / reception of control signals and information signals to / from 3.
[0075] 上記の会計システム 1にお 、て、会計操作時には、会計担当者であるレジスタ 3の 操作者が商品 2を平面アンテナ 4の近傍の領域に通過させる(あるいは接触させる)こ とで、レジスタ 3は平面アンテナ 4を介して商品 2に貼付されて ヽる各タグラベル Tb, Thカゝらそれぞれのタグ IDを検出し、レジスタ 3はそれら検出したタグ IDに基づいて対 応する定価金額又は値引金額等の情報を通信ネットワーク NWを介してデータべ一 ス 6から取得し会計計算を行う。 [0075] In the accounting system 1 described above, at the time of accounting operation, the accountant in the register 3 When the operator passes (or makes contact with) the product 2 to the area near the planar antenna 4, the register 3 is attached to the product 2 via the planar antenna 4, and the tag labels Tb, Th, etc. Each tag ID is detected, and register 3 obtains information such as the list price or discount price corresponding to the detected tag ID from database 6 through communication network NW and performs accounting calculation. .
[0076] また、タグラベル作成操作時には、操作者が商品 2の品目をレジスタ 3に入力するこ とで、予めデータベース 6に各品目に関連付けて設定されている定価金額情報 (価 格情報、被変更情報、対象物情報)又は値引金額情報 (価格変更情報、変更化情報 )とそれら情報にそれぞれ対応付けられて設定されて ヽるタグ IDを通信ネットワーク N Wを介して取得し、無線タグ回路素子 Toを備えたタグテープ (後述)に対して無線タ グ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150に取得したタグ IDを書き込むとともにタグテープの表 面に取得した各金額情報を印字してタグラベル Tb, Thを作成する。  [0076] In addition, at the time of the tag label creation operation, the operator inputs the item of the product 2 into the register 3, so that the list price information (the price information, the change target) set in advance in the database 6 in association with each item. Information, object information) or discount amount information (price change information, change information) and tag IDs that are set in association with these information are acquired via the communication network NW, and the RFID circuit element The tag ID acquired in the IC circuit section 150 of the wireless tag circuit element To is written on a tag tape (to be described later) equipped with To, and each amount information acquired is printed on the surface of the tag tape to tag tag Tb, Th Create
[0077] 図 3は、上記レジスタ 3における CPU10、 RF通信制御部 17、及び平面アンテナ 4 の詳細構成を表す機能ブロック図である。この図 3において、レジスタ 3の RF通信制 御部 17は上記平面アンテナ 4を介し上記無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150の情 報 (少なくともタグ IDを含む無線タグ情報)へアクセスするものであり、またレジスタ 3の CPU10は無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150から読み出された信号を処理して 情報を読み出すとともに無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150へアクセスするための アクセス情報を生成する機能を含み、レジスタ 3全体の動作を制御するものである。  FIG. 3 is a functional block diagram showing detailed configurations of the CPU 10, the RF communication control unit 17, and the planar antenna 4 in the register 3. In FIG. 3, the RF communication control unit 17 of the register 3 accesses the information (the RFID tag information including at least the tag ID) of the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To via the planar antenna 4. Yes, the CPU 10 of the register 3 processes the signal read from the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To and reads information, and also provides access information for accessing the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To. Including the function to generate, it controls the overall operation of register 3.
[0078] RF通信制御部 17は、平面アンテナ 4を介し無線タグ回路素子 Toに対して信号を 送信する送信部 212と、平面アンテナ 4により受信された無線タグ回路素子 Toからの 反射波を入力する受信部 213と、送受分離器 214とから構成される。  The RF communication control unit 17 receives a reflected wave from the RFID tag circuit element To received by the planar antenna 4 and a transmission unit 212 that transmits a signal to the RFID circuit element To via the planar antenna 4 Receiving section 213 and transmission / reception separator 214.
[0079] 送信部 212は、無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150の無線タグ情報にアクセスす る (読み取り又は書き込み)ための搬送波を発生させる水晶振動子 215A、 CPU10の 制御により所定の周波数の信号を発生させる PLL (Phase Locked Loop) 215B、及 び VCO (Voltage Controlled Oscillator) 215Cと、上記 CPU10から供給される信
Figure imgf000017_0001
、て上記発生させられた搬送波を変調 (この例では CPU10からの「TX— ASK」信号に基づく振幅変調)する送信乗算回路 216 (但し「TX— ASK信号」の場 合は増幅率可変アンプ等を用いてもよい)と、その送信乗算回路 216により変調され た変調波を増幅(この例では CPU10からの「TX— PWR」信号によって増幅率を決 定される増幅)する可変送信アンプ 217とを備えている。そして、上記発生される搬送 波は、例えば UHF帯又はマイクロ波帯の周波数を用いており、上記送信アンプ 217 の出力は、送受分離器 214を介し平面アンテナ 4に伝達されて無線タグ回路素子 To の IC回路部 150に供給される。なお、無線タグ情報は上記のように変調した信号に 限られず、単なる搬送波のみの場合もある。
[0079] The transmitting unit 212 generates a carrier wave for accessing (reading or writing) the RFID tag information of the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To. PLL (Phase Locked Loop) 215B that generates signals and VCO (Voltage Controlled Oscillator) 215C, and the signal supplied from the CPU10
Figure imgf000017_0001
The transmission multiplier circuit 216 that modulates the generated carrier wave (in this example, amplitude modulation based on the “TX—ASK” signal from the CPU 10) (however, in the case of the “TX—ASK signal”), In this example, the amplification factor is determined by the “TX-PWR” signal from the CPU 10. ) Variable transmission amplifier 217. The generated carrier wave uses, for example, a frequency in the UHF band or microwave band, and the output of the transmission amplifier 217 is transmitted to the planar antenna 4 via the transmission / reception separator 214 to be transmitted to the RFID circuit element To. Is supplied to the IC circuit unit 150. Note that the RFID tag information is not limited to the signal modulated as described above, but may be only a carrier wave.
[0080] 受信部 213は、平面アンテナ 4で受信された無線タグ回路素子 To力もの反射波と 上記発生させられた搬送波とを乗算して復調する受信第 1乗算回路 218と、その受 信第 1乗算回路 218の出力力 必要な帯域の信号のみを取り出すための第 1バンド ノスフィルタ 219と、この第 1バンドパスフィルタ 219の出力を増幅する受信第 1アン プ 221と、この受信第 1アンプ 221の出力をさらに増幅してデジタル信号に変換する 第 1リミッタ 220と、上記平面アンテナ 4で受信された無線タグ回路素子 Toからの反 射波と上記発生された後に移相器 227により位相を 90° 遅らせた搬送波とを乗算す る受信第 2乗算回路 222と、その受信第 2乗算回路 222の出力から必要な帯域の信 号のみを取り出すための第 2バンドパスフィルタ 223と、この第 2バンドパスフィルタ 22 3の出力を増幅する受信第 2アンプ 225と、この受信第 2アンプ 225の出力をさらに増 幅してデジタル信号に変換する第 2リミッタ 224とを備えている。そして、上記第 1リミツ タ 220から出力される信号「RXS—I」及び第 2リミッタ 224から出力される信号「RXS — Q」は、上記 CPU10に入力されて処理される。  [0080] The receiving unit 213 includes a first reception multiplier circuit 218 that multiplies and demodulates the reflected wave of the RFID circuit element received by the planar antenna 4 and the generated carrier wave, and the reception first multiplier 218. 1 Output power of multiplication circuit 218 First band nos filter 219 for extracting only a signal of a necessary band, first reception amplifier 221 for amplifying the output of the first band pass filter 219, and this reception first amplifier The output of 221 is further amplified and converted into a digital signal, and the reflected wave from the RFID circuit element To received by the planar antenna 4 and the phase generated by the phase shifter 227 are generated after the generation. A reception second multiplication circuit 222 for multiplying the carrier wave delayed by 90 °, a second bandpass filter 223 for extracting only a signal of a necessary band from the output of the reception second multiplication circuit 222, and the second Bandpass filter 22 3 A reception second amplifier 225 for amplifying the force, and a second limiter 224 which converts the digital signal to further amplify the output of the receiving second amplifier 225. The signal “RXS—I” output from the first limiter 220 and the signal “RXS—Q” output from the second limiter 224 are input to the CPU 10 and processed.
[0081] また、受信第 1アンプ 221及び受信第 2アンプ 225の出力は、強度検出手段として の RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator)回路 226にも入力され、それらの信 号の強度を示す信号「RSSI」が CPU10に入力されるようになって!/、る。このようにし て、本実施形態のレジスタ 3では、 I Q直交復調によって無線タグ回路素子 Toから の反射波の復調が行われる。  [0081] The outputs of the reception first amplifier 221 and the reception second amplifier 225 are also input to an RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) circuit 226 as strength detection means, and a signal "RSSI" indicating the strength of these signals is input. ”Is now input to CPU10! / In this manner, in the register 3 of the present embodiment, the reflected wave from the RFID tag circuit element To is demodulated by IQ quadrature demodulation.
[0082] なお、本実施形態では、通信ネットワーク NWにケーブル等を使用した有線ネットヮ ークを想定している力 これに限らず、無線ネットワークを用いてもよぐまたこの際、 例えば上記 RF通信制御部 17と周波数帯及び送受信方式の異なるようにしてもょ 、 [0083] 図 4は、タグラベル作成部 11の概略構成を表す概念的説明図である。この図 4にお いて、このタグラベル作成部 11は、後述する無線タグ回路素子 Toを所定間隔で備え たタグテープ(タグ媒体) 303をタグテープロール 304に卷回してこのタグテープ 303 を連続的に供給するカートリッジ 300を着脱可能なカートリッジホルダ 308と、このタ グテープロール 304から繰り出されたタグテープ 303 (又はこのタグテープ 303に貼り 合わされる図示しない被印字媒体)のうち各無線タグ回路素子 Toに対応した所定領 域に所定の印字を行う印字ヘッド 305と、無線タグ回路素子 Toとの間で無線通信に より情報の送受信を行うためのアンテナ (通信手段) 306及び高周波回路 (通信手段 ) 301と、入出力インタフェース 310を介して上記 CPU10等に接続された制御回路 3 02と、タグテープ 303への印字及び無線タグ回路素子 Toへの上記情報書き込みが 終了したタグテープ 303を所定の長さに切断して上記タグラベル Tb, Thとするカツタ 307と、印字ヘッド 305に対向して設けられ、制御回路 302により制御されてタグテー プ 303を搬送する搬送装置 (搬送手段) 309とを有する。 In this embodiment, the power that assumes a wired network using a cable or the like for the communication network NW is not limited to this, and a wireless network may be used. Even if the control unit 17 and the frequency band and transmission / reception method are different, FIG. 4 is a conceptual explanatory diagram showing a schematic configuration of the tag label creating unit 11. In FIG. 4, the tag label producing unit 11 continuously rolls a tag tape (tag medium) 303 provided with RFID circuit elements To described later at a predetermined interval around a tag tape roll 304 to continuously feed the tag tape 303. Each of the RFID tag circuit elements of the cartridge holder 308 to which the cartridge 300 to be attached and detached can be attached and the tag tape 303 (or a print medium (not shown) attached to the tag tape 303) fed out from the tag tape roll 304. An antenna (communication means) 306 and a high-frequency circuit (communication means) for transmitting and receiving information by wireless communication between the print head 305 that performs predetermined printing in a predetermined area corresponding to To and the RFID circuit element To ) 301, the control circuit 3002 connected to the CPU 10 or the like via the input / output interface 310, the printing on the tag tape 303 and the writing of the information on the RFID circuit element To The cut tag tape 303 is cut to a predetermined length, and the tag labels Tb and Th are provided so as to face the cutter 307 and the print head 305. The tag tape 303 is conveyed by being controlled by the control circuit 302. A conveying device (conveying means) 309.
[0084] タグラベル作成部 11が備える高周波回路 301及び制御回路 302は、詳細な説明 を省略するが、前述した上記レジスタ 3の RF通信制御部 17及び CPU10とほぼ同等 の機能を備えるものであり、無線タグ回路素子(定価タグラベル Tbに備えられる無線 タグ回路素子又は値引タグラベル Thに備えられる無線タグ回路素子) Toの IC回路 部 150へのアクセス情報 (少なくとも識別情報であるタグ IDを含む)をデータベース 6 力も取得し、装置側アンテナ 306を介して無線タグ回路素子 Toへ送信し、無線タグ 回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150に対して情報書き込みを行う。  [0084] The high-frequency circuit 301 and the control circuit 302 included in the tag label creating unit 11 are not described in detail, but have substantially the same functions as the RF communication control unit 17 and the CPU 10 of the register 3 described above. RFID tag circuit element (RFID tag circuit element provided in fixed price tag label Tb or RFID tag circuit element provided in discount tag label Th) Access information to IC circuit part 150 of To (including at least tag ID as identification information) The database 6 force is also acquired, transmitted to the RFID circuit element To via the device-side antenna 306, and information is written to the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To.
[0085] 図 5は、上記各タグラベル Tb, Thに共通して備えられた上記無線タグ回路素子 To の機能的構成の一例を表すブロック図である。  FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing an example of a functional configuration of the RFID circuit element To provided in common to the tag labels Tb and Th.
[0086] 図 5において、無線タグ回路素子 Toは、上述したようにレジスタ 3の平面アンテナ 4 と例えば UHF帯やマイクロ波等の高周波を用いて非接触で信号の送受信を行うァ ンテナ 151と、このアンテナ 151に接続された IC回路部 150とを有して 、る。  In FIG. 5, the RFID circuit element To includes an antenna 151 that transmits and receives signals in a non-contact manner using the planar antenna 4 of the register 3 and a high frequency such as a UHF band or a microwave, as described above. An IC circuit unit 150 connected to the antenna 151 is provided.
[0087] IC回路部 150は、タグ側アンテナであるアンテナ 151により受信された搬送波を整 流する整流部 152と、この整流部 152により整流された搬送波のエネルギを蓄積し駆 動電源とするための電源部 153と、上記アンテナ 151により受信された搬送波カもク ロック信号を抽出して制御部(後述) 157に供給するクロック抽出部 154と、所定の情 報信号を記憶し得る情報記憶部として機能するメモリ部 155と、上記アンテナ 151に 接続された変復調部 156と、上記整流部 152、クロック抽出部 154、及び変復調部 1 56等を介して上記無線タグ回路素子 Toの作動を制御するための制御部 157とを備 えている。 The IC circuit unit 150 rectifies the carrier wave received by the antenna 151 that is the tag side antenna, and accumulates and drives the energy of the carrier wave rectified by the rectifier unit 152. A power supply unit 153 for making a dynamic power source, a clock extraction unit 154 that extracts a carrier clock received by the antenna 151 and supplies the clock signal to a control unit (described later) 157, and stores a predetermined information signal The RFID circuit element To through the memory unit 155 functioning as a possible information storage unit, the modulation / demodulation unit 156 connected to the antenna 151, the rectification unit 152, the clock extraction unit 154, the modulation / demodulation unit 1 56, etc. And a control unit 157 for controlling the operation of the apparatus.
[0088] 変復調部 156は、アンテナ 151により受信された上記レジスタ 3の平面アンテナ 4か らの通信信号の復調を行うと共に、上記制御部 157からの返信信号に基づき、平面 アンテナ 4より受信された搬送波を変調し、アンテナ 151より反射波として再送信する  Modulation / demodulation unit 156 demodulates the communication signal received from antenna 151 from planar antenna 4 of register 3, and received from planar antenna 4 based on the return signal from control unit 157. Modulate carrier wave and retransmit as reflected wave from antenna 151
[0089] 制御部 157は、上記変復調部 156により復調された受信信号を解釈し、上記メモリ 部 155にお 、て記憶された情報信号に基づ!/、て返信信号を生成し、上記変復調部The control unit 157 interprets the received signal demodulated by the modulation / demodulation unit 156, generates a reply signal based on the information signal stored in the memory unit 155, and generates the return / modulation signal. Part
156により返信する制御等の基本的な制御を実行する。 The basic control such as the control of returning by 156 is executed.
[0090] クロック抽出部 154は受信した信号力もクロック成分を抽出して制御部 157にクロッ クを抽出するものであり、受信した信号のクロック成分の速度に対応したクロックを制 御部 157に供給する。 [0090] The clock extraction unit 154 extracts the clock component of the received signal force and extracts the clock to the control unit 157, and supplies the control unit 157 with a clock corresponding to the speed of the clock component of the received signal. To do.
[0091] なお、メモリ部 155には少なくとも各タグラベル Tb, Thを個別に識別するためのタ グ IDが記憶されており、これらタグ IDについては、定価タグラベル Tbと値引タグラベ ル Thとの間で区別できる情報となっている。またレジスタ 3はこれに対応して、定価タ グラベル Tbと値引タグラベル Thとを区別して検出できるようになつている。  [0091] Note that the memory unit 155 stores at least tag IDs for individually identifying the tag labels Tb and Th. These tag IDs are between the fixed price tag label Tb and the discount tag label Th. It is information that can be distinguished by. Corresponding to this, the register 3 can detect the price tag label Tb and the discount tag label Th separately.
[0092] 図 6は、上記タグラベル Tb, Thの全体概略構造の一例を表す図であり、図 6 (a)は 定価タグラベル Tbの上面図、図 6 (b)は値引タグラベル Thの上面図である。これら図 6 (a)及び図 6 (b)において、タグラベル Tb, Thは、前述したように、例えば略シート 形状のラベル本体 149と、このラベル本体 149に配置される無線タグ回路素子 Toと を備えている。  FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an example of the overall schematic structure of the tag labels Tb and Th. FIG. 6 (a) is a top view of the fixed price tag label Tb, and FIG. 6 (b) is a top view of the discount tag label Th. It is. In FIG. 6 (a) and FIG. 6 (b), the tag labels Tb and Th are, for example, a substantially sheet-shaped label main body 149 and the RFID circuit element To arranged on the label main body 149, as described above. I have.
[0093] 図 6 (a)〖こ示すように、定価タグラベル Tbのラベル本体 149の表側(上面)には、対 応する定価印字情報 (この例では「定価: 300円」) Rbが印字される定価印字領域 Ab が設けられている。また、図 6 (b)に示すように、値引タグラベル Thのラベル本体 149 の表側(上面)には、対応する値引印字情報 (この例では「値引き: 30円」) Rhが印字 される値引印字領域 (印字領域) Ahが設けられている。なお、これら定価印字情報 R b、値引印字情報 Rhの印字は必須ではなぐ他に定価や品名などが印字されている ラベルが貼付されている場合には文字でなく図形や符号、あるいは単なる色塗り(無 色も可能)や模様等であってもよ ヽ。 [0093] As shown in Fig. 6 (a), on the front side (upper surface) of the label body 149 of the regular price tag label Tb, the corresponding regular price printing information (in this example, "Rated price: 300 yen") is printed. The fixed price printing area Ab is provided. Also, as shown in Fig. 6 (b), the label body of the discount tag label Th 149 On the front side (upper surface), there is a discount print area (print area) Ah where the corresponding discount print information (in this example, “discount: 30 yen”) Rh is printed. In addition, printing of these list price printing information Rb and discount printing information Rh is not essential, but if a label on which the list price or product name is printed is affixed, it is not a letter but a figure, code, or simple color. It may be a paint (can be achromatic) or a pattern.
[0094] 本実施形態の最も大きな特徴は、既に述べたように、商品 2に対してその定価をデ ータベース 6から取得するために関連づけられたタグ IDを記憶する定価タグラベル T bを商品 2に貼付する以外に、所定時間の経過後(又は一時的に)上記定価を変更( 値引き又は値上げ)するよう変更処理するための情報に対応する値引タグラベル Th を商品 2に貼付し、レジスタ 3でこれに対応した処理を行うことにある。以下、その詳細 を順を追って説明する。 As described above, the most significant feature of the present embodiment is that the product 2 is provided with the regular price tag label T b that stores the tag ID associated with the product 2 in order to obtain the regular price from the database 6. In addition to pasting, the discount tag label Th corresponding to the information for processing to change the above list price (discount or increase) after a predetermined time has passed (or temporarily) is pasted on the product 2, and the register 3 The processing corresponding to this is to be performed. The details are explained below in order.
[0095] まず、本実施形態の例にお 、て定価タグラベル Tbと値引タグラベル Thにそれぞれ 記憶されている情報と、それらに基づいてレジスタ 3が行う情報の処理及び会計計算 について説明する。  First, in the example of the present embodiment, information stored in the fixed price tag label Tb and the discount tag label Th and information processing and accounting calculation performed by the register 3 based on the information will be described.
[0096] 図 7は、商品 2に定価タグラベル Tbだけが貼付されている場合の情報の処理と会 計計算の流れを概念的に表す図である。この図 7において、レジスタ 3の平面アンテ ナ 4と RF通信制御部 17からは定価タグラベル Tbに記憶されて 、る物品タグ ID (タグ 識別情報)だけが検出されることになり、レジスタ 3はこの物品タグ IDに対応する定価 金額情報(この例では 300円)をデータベース 6から通信ネットワーク NWを介して取 得し、その定価金額をそのまま商品単品の販売価格として会計する。これが通常の 場合の商品 2の会計計算となる。  [0096] FIG. 7 is a diagram conceptually showing the flow of information processing and accounting calculation when only the regular price tag label Tb is affixed to the product 2. In FIG. 7, only the product tag ID (tag identification information) stored in the fixed price tag label Tb from the planar antenna 4 and the RF communication control unit 17 of the register 3 is detected. The fixed amount information (300 yen in this example) corresponding to the item tag ID is obtained from the database 6 via the communication network NW, and the fixed amount is directly accounted for as the selling price of the single product. This is the accounting for product 2 in the normal case.
[0097] そして、例えば期間限定のセールサービスや閉店前の処分サービスなどで商品 2 に値引タグラベル Thをさらに貼付した場合には、図 8に示すように、レジスタ 3の平面 アンテナ 4と RF通信制御部 17から定価タグラベル Tbに記憶されている物品タグ IDと 、値引タグラベル Thに記憶されている変更タグ ID (変更化情報に対応する情報)と 力 S検出されること〖こなる。レジスタ 3は物品タグ IDに対応する定価金額情報と変更タ グ IDに対応する値引金額情報 (この例では 30円)をそれぞれデータベース 6から取 得し、これらに基づき定価金額情報を値引金額情報により変更処理するようにして商 品単品の販売価格を算出し会計する。 [0097] Then, for example, when a discount tag label Th is further affixed to the product 2 for a limited time sale service or a disposal service before closing, as shown in FIG. 8, the planar antenna 4 of the register 3 and the RF communication are connected. The product tag ID stored in the fixed price tag label Tb and the change tag ID (information corresponding to the changed information) stored in the discount tag label Th and the force S are detected from the control unit 17. Register 3 obtains the list price information corresponding to the article tag ID and the discount price information corresponding to the change tag ID (30 yen in this example) from the database 6 respectively, and based on these, the list price information is discounted. The merchandise is changed according to the information. Calculate and account for the sales price of a single item.
[0098] そして、以上の物品タグ IDと定価金額情報との関連付け、及び変更タグ IDと値引 金額情報との関連づけは、予めデータ管理者などがデータベース 6に入力して構築 されて!/ヽるものとなって!/、る。  [0098] Then, the association between the above item tag ID and the list price information, and the association between the change tag ID and the discount price information is established by a data manager or the like previously input into the database 6! / ヽBecome something!
[0099] 図 9は、レジスタ 3の CPU10によって実行される制御手順を表すフローチャートで ある。図 9において、例えば操作部 14における開始スィッチ 31 (図 1参照)が押下さ れると、このフローが開始される。  FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by CPU 10 of register 3. In FIG. 9, for example, when the start switch 31 (see FIG. 1) in the operation unit 14 is pressed, this flow is started.
[0100] まず、ステップ S5において、この例ではレジスタ 3の操作部 14における会計スイツ チ 33 (図 1参照)が押下されているカゝ否かを判定する。操作者が会計操作を行うため に会計スィッチ 33が押下されている場合には、判定が満たされ、ステップ S 100の会 計処理を行った後にステップ S 10へ移る。一方、会計スィッチ 33が押下されていない 場合には、判定が満たされず、そのままステップ S 10へ移る。  [0100] First, in step S5, in this example, it is determined whether or not the accounting switch 33 (see FIG. 1) in the operation unit 14 of the register 3 is pressed. If the accounting switch 33 is pressed to perform an accounting operation by the operator, the determination is satisfied, and after performing the accounting process of step S100, the process proceeds to step S10. On the other hand, if the accounting switch 33 has not been pressed, the determination is not satisfied, and the routine goes directly to Step S10.
[0101] ステップ S10では、定価タグラベル作成スィッチ 34 (図 1参照)が押下されているか 否かを判定する。操作者が定価タグラベル Tbを作成するために定価タグラベル作成 スィッチ 34が押下されている場合には、判定が満たされ、ステップ S 200の定価タグ ラベル作成処理 (通常モード)を行った後にステップ S 15へ移る。一方、定価タグラベ ル作成スィッチ 34が押下されていない場合には、判定が満たされず、そのままステツ プ S 15へ移る。  [0101] In step S10, it is determined whether or not the regular price tag label creation switch 34 (see Fig. 1) is pressed. If the operator presses the price tag label creation switch 34 to create the price tag label Tb, the determination is satisfied, and after the price tag label creation process (normal mode) of step S 200 is performed, step S 15 Move on. On the other hand, if the list price tag creation switch 34 has not been pressed, the determination is not satisfied and the routine goes directly to step S15.
[0102] ステップ S15では、値引タグラベル作成スィッチ 35 (図 1参照)が押下されているか 否かを判定する。操作者が値引タグラベル Thを作成するために値引タグラベル作成 スィッチ 35が押下されている場合には、判定が満たされ、ステップ S300の値引タグ ラベル作成処理 (変更タグモード)を行った後にステップ S20へ移る。一方、値引タグ ラベル作成スィッチ 35が押下されていない場合には、判定が満たされず、そのままス テツプ S 20へ移る。  [0102] In step S15, it is determined whether or not the discount tag label creation switch 35 (see Fig. 1) is pressed. If the operator has pressed the discount tag label creation switch 35 to create the discount tag label Th, the judgment is satisfied, and after the discount tag label creation processing (change tag mode) of step S300 is performed Move on to step S20. On the other hand, if the discount tag label creation switch 35 is not pressed, the determination is not satisfied, and the routine goes directly to step S20.
[0103] ステップ S20では、終了スィッチ 32 (図 1参照)が押下されている力否かを判定する 。操作者がレジスタ 3での操作を終了するために終了スィッチ 32が押下されて ヽる場 合には、判定が満たされ、このフローを終了する。一方、終了スィッチ 32が押下され ていない場合には、判定が満たされず、すなわちまだレジスタ 3での操作が継続して 行われるものとみなされ、ステップ S5へ戻り同じ手順を繰り返す。 In step S20, it is determined whether or not the end switch 32 (see FIG. 1) is being pressed. If the operator presses the end switch 32 to end the operation in register 3, the determination is satisfied and the flow ends. On the other hand, if the end switch 32 is not pressed, the determination is not satisfied, that is, the operation in the register 3 continues. Return to step S5 and repeat the same procedure.
[0104] 図 10は、レジスタ 3の CPU10が上記ステップ S 100において実行する会計処理の 詳細手順を表すフローチャートである。この図 10において、まずステップ S105にお いて、客一人における販売の合計金額 Sを 0にリセットする。  FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of the accounting process executed by CPU 10 of register 3 in step S 100 described above. In FIG. 10, first, in step S105, the total amount S of sales for each customer is reset to zero.
[0105] 次にステップ S110へ移り、レジスタ 3の平面アンテナ 4からタグラベル Tb, Thを検 出した力否かを判定する。タグラベル Tb, Thの検出方法についてはここで特に詳し く説明しないが、公知の手法により例えば「Scroll All ID」信号などのような全てのタ グラベル Tb, Thに対して応答を要求する質問コマンド信号を RF通信制御部を介し 平面アンテナ 4から送信し、それに対してタグラベル Tb, Thが発信する全ての応答 信号を同じ平面アンテナ 4で受信する。このとき、一つの商品 2に貼付されている複 数のタグラベル Tb, Thを検出できるように、最初の応答信号を受信してからも所定 時間範囲の間、タグラベル Tb, Thの検出を継続する。そしてこのステップ S 110では 一つでも応答信号が受信されるまでループし、質問信号を繰り返し送信し続ける。  [0105] Next, the process proceeds to step S110, and it is determined whether or not the tag labels Tb and Th are detected from the planar antenna 4 of the register 3. The method for detecting the tag labels Tb and Th will not be described in detail here, but a question command signal that requests a response to all tag labels Tb and Th, such as the “Scroll All ID” signal, by a known method. Is transmitted from the planar antenna 4 via the RF communication control unit, and all response signals transmitted by the tag labels Tb and Th are received by the same planar antenna 4. At this time, detection of the tag labels Tb and Th is continued for a predetermined time range after receiving the first response signal so that a plurality of tag labels Tb and Th affixed to one product 2 can be detected. . In step S 110, the loop is repeated until at least one response signal is received, and the question signal is repeatedly transmitted.
[0106] 次にステップ S 115へ移り、上記ステップ S110で検出したタグラベル Tb, Thからの 応答信号に物品タグ IDが含まれている力否かを判定する。一つの商品 2には必ず定 価タグラベル Tbが貼付されて物品タグ IDが検出されるべきであり、もし物品タグ IDが 検出されずにそれ以外の応答信号だけが検出されている場合には、判定が満たされ ず、すなわち定価タグラベル Tbが商品 2から取れてしまったか又は定価タグラベル T bの検出が失敗したとみなされ、ステップ S 120で表示部 15にエラー表示を行う信号 を出力するなどのエラー処理を行い、この会計処理のフローを終了する。一方、物品 タグ IDが検出されている場合には、判定が満たされ、次のステップ S 125へ移る。  Next, the process proceeds to step S 115, where it is determined whether or not the response signal from the tag label Tb, Th detected in step S 110 includes the article tag ID. Price tag label Tb should always be attached to one product 2 and the product tag ID should be detected.If the product tag ID is not detected and only other response signals are detected, The judgment is not satisfied. Error processing is performed, and this accounting process flow is terminated. On the other hand, if the article tag ID is detected, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S125.
[0107] ステップ S125では、検出した物品タグ IDに基づいてデータベース 6 (図中では DB と省略、以下同様)へアクセスして検索を行い、対応するその商品 2の定価金額を示 す定価金額情報(図中及び以下の説明では定価金額と省略)をデータベース 6から 取得し、次のステップ S 130へ移る。  [0107] In step S125, based on the detected article tag ID, the database 6 (abbreviated as DB in the figure, the same shall apply hereinafter) is accessed and searched, and the list price information indicating the list price of the corresponding product 2 is displayed. (The price is abbreviated as “list price” in the figure and the following description) is acquired from the database 6 and the process proceeds to the next step S130.
[0108] ステップ S130では、上記ステップ S110で検出したタグラベル Tb, Thからの応答 信号に変更タグ IDが含まれて 、る力否かを判定する。変更タグ IDが含まれて ヽな ヽ 場合、判定が満たされず、すなわちこの商品 2においては定価金額に値引き'値上 げ等の変更がないものとみなされてステップ S135、ステップ S140の変更処理を行 わずにそのままステップ S 145へ移る。一方、変更タグ IDが検出されている場合には 、次のステップ S 135、ステップ S 140の変更処理を行う。 In step S130, it is determined whether or not the response signal from the tag labels Tb and Th detected in step S110 includes the change tag ID, and whether or not the force is high. If the change tag ID is included ヽ ヽ 判定, the judgment is not satisfied, i.e., this product 2 is discounted to the list price Since it is regarded that there is no change such as bend, the process proceeds to step S145 as it is without performing the change processing of step S135 and step S140. On the other hand, when the change tag ID is detected, the change processing of the next step S135 and step S140 is performed.
[0109] 次のステップ S135では、検出した変更タグ IDに基づいてデータベース 6ヘアクセ スして検索を行い、対応するその商品 2の値引金額を示す値引金額情報(図中及び 以下の説明では値引金額と省略)をデータベース 6から取得し、次のステップ S140 で上記ステップ S 125で取得した定価金額力も値引金額を差し引 、て計算する(なお 値上げ金額の場合は加算して計算する)。なお、この例では値引金額が定価金額か ら直接差し引く絶対金額として設定されているが、他にも例えば定価金額に対する割 合で値引金額を設定してもよく(例えば 10パーセント割引など)、その場合にはその 割合で値引金額を計算して定価金額から差し引くよう計算する。また、この値引金額 は時間の経過によって変動するように設定してもよぐその場合には特に図示しない がデータベース 6に時計機能を持たせて時間の経過に応じて変動させた値引金額 情報を取得できるようにする。  [0109] In the next step S135, the database 6 is accessed and searched based on the detected change tag ID, and the discount amount information indicating the discount amount of the corresponding product 2 (in the figure and in the following description). The discount price is abbreviated (from the database 6) and calculated in step S140 by subtracting the discount price from step S125. ). In this example, the discount amount is set as an absolute amount that is directly deducted from the list price. However, for example, the discount amount may be set as a percentage of the list price (for example, 10% discount). In that case, the discount amount is calculated at that rate, and it is deducted from the list price. In addition, this discount amount may be set so as to change with the passage of time.In that case, although not shown in particular, the discount amount is changed according to the passage of time by providing the database 6 with a clock function. Make information available.
[0110] 次にステップ S145へ移り、表示部 15に表示制御信号を出力してその時点での定 価金額 (値引きされている場合は値引金額が引かれた販売金額)を表示させる。また 、ここでレシート印刷部 16に印刷制御信号を出力してその時点での定価金額 (販売 金額)をレシート 18に印刷させてもよい。このとき商品 2の品目や値引金額も合わせ て表示 *印字させると商品単品における販売金額が明確になる。  [0110] Next, the process proceeds to step S145, where a display control signal is output to the display unit 15 to display the fixed price at that time (the sales price from which the discount price has been subtracted if discounted). Alternatively, a print control signal may be output to the receipt printing unit 16 so that the regular price (sales price) at that time is printed on the receipt 18. At this time, the item 2 and the discount price of the product 2 are also displayed.
[0111] 次にステップ S 150へ移り、合計金額 Sにその時点の定価金額 (販売金額)を加算し て次のステップ S 155へ移る。  [0111] Next, the process proceeds to step S150, the current price (sales price) is added to the total price S, and the process proceeds to the next step S155.
[0112] ステップ S155では、合計スィッチ 36 (図 1参照)が押下されている力否かを判定す る。合計スィッチ 36が押下されていない場合には、判定が満たされず、すなわち同じ 客でまだ会計すべき他の商品 2があるとみなされてステップ S110へ戻り、同様の手 順を繰り返す。一方、合計スィッチ 36が押下されている場合には、判定が満たされ、 すなわち同じ客が購入する全ての商品 2の会計が終わったものとみなされて、次のス テツプ S 160で表示部 15に制御信号を出力し全ての商品 2の販売金額の合計金額 S を表示させ (また合計金額 Sをレシート 18に印刷させ)、このフローを終了する。 [0113] 図 11は、レジスタ 3の CPUIOが上記ステップ S 200において実行する定価タグラベ ル作成処理の詳細手順を表すフローチャートである。この図 11において、まずステツ プ S205において、図 1に示したレジスタ 3の操作部 14 (又は通信ネットワーク NWを 介して接続した図示しない他の PC端末機の操作部)により操作された、作成する定 価タグラベル Tbの貼付対象となる商品 2の品目を入力(認識)する。なお、上記操作 部での操作入力は、品目の名称をキーボードなど力もそのまま入力してもよいし、又 は例えば全ての品目を列挙したメニューを表示部 15に表示してそこ力も選択して入 力するようにしてちょい。 [0112] In step S155, it is determined whether or not the total switch 36 (see Fig. 1) is pressed. If total switch 36 is not pressed, the determination is not satisfied, that is, it is considered that there is another product 2 to be accounted for by the same customer, and the process returns to step S110 and the same procedure is repeated. On the other hand, if total switch 36 is pressed, the determination is satisfied, that is, it is considered that accounting for all products 2 purchased by the same customer has been completed, and display unit 15 is displayed in the next step S160. The control signal is output to display the total amount S of the sales amount of all products 2 (and the total amount S is printed on the receipt 18), and this flow is finished. [0113] FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of the price tag label creation processing executed by CPUIO of register 3 in step S200. In FIG. 11, first, in step S205, the operation is performed by the operation unit 14 of the register 3 shown in FIG. 1 (or the operation unit of another PC terminal (not shown) connected via the communication network NW). Enter (recognize) the item of product 2 to be affixed with the fixed price tag label Tb. In the operation input in the operation unit, the name of the item may be input as it is, such as a keyboard, or, for example, a menu listing all items is displayed on the display unit 15 and the force is also selected and input. Try to help.
[0114] 次にステップ S210へ移り、ステップ S210で入力された商品品目に基づいてデー タベース 6へアクセスして検索を行 ヽ、対応する物品タグ IDと定価印字情報 Rbをデ ータベース 6から取得し、次のステップ S215へ移る。  [0114] Next, the process proceeds to step S210, and the database 6 is accessed and searched based on the product item input in step S210, and the corresponding article tag ID and regular price printing information Rb are obtained from the database 6. Then, the process proceeds to next Step S215.
[0115] ステップ S215では、タグラベル作成部 11 (図 4参照)の制御回路 302に対して指令 信号を出力し、タグテープ 303に備えられている無線タグ回路素子 Toに対して上記 ステップ S210で取得した物品タグ IDを書き込ませるとともにラベル本体 149 (タグテ ープ 303)の表面の所定領域 (定価印字領域 Ab)に定価印字情報 Rbを印字させる。  [0115] In step S215, a command signal is output to the control circuit 302 of the tag label producing unit 11 (see FIG. 4), and the RFID tag circuit element To included in the tag tape 303 is obtained in step S210. The product tag ID is written, and the fixed price printing information Rb is printed in a predetermined area (fixed price printing area Ab) on the surface of the label main body 149 (tag tape 303).
[0116] そして次のステップ S220で、タグラベル作成部 11の制御回路 302に対し指令信 号を出力し、タグラベル作成部 11のカツタ 307によりタグテープ 303を切断させて 1 つの無線タグ回路素子 Toを備えた定価タグラベル Tbを作成し、このフローを終了す る。  [0116] Then, in the next step S220, a command signal is output to the control circuit 302 of the tag label creating unit 11, and the tag tape 303 is cut by the cutter 307 of the tag label creating unit 11 so that one RFID circuit element To is connected. The provided fixed price tag label Tb is created and this flow is terminated.
[0117] 図 12は、レジスタ 3の CPU10が上記ステップ S300において実行する値引タグラベ ル作成処理の詳細手順を表すフローチャートである。この図 12で示す制御手順は、 上記図 11で示した定価タグラベル作成処理のフローチャートとほぼ同様であり、以下 では主に相違する手順についてのみ説明する。  FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of the discount tag label creation process executed by CPU 10 of register 3 in step S300. The control procedure shown in FIG. 12 is almost the same as the flowchart of the regular price tag label generation process shown in FIG. 11, and only the procedure that is mainly different will be described below.
[0118] 図 12において、まずステップ S305においては上記図 11のステップ S205と同様に 商品品目が入力され、次のステップ S310では上記図 11のステップ S210と同様に入 力された商品品目に基づいて対応する変更タグ IDと値引印字情報 Rhをデータべ一 ス 6から取得する。なお、この値引印字情報 Rhの元となる前述した値引金額情報は、 例えば、タグラベル作成部 11の制御回路 302 (又はレジスタ 3の CPU10でもよい)が 表示部 15に対し変更化設定画面を表示する表示信号を表示部 15へ出力することで 、定価金額情報とともに当該値引金額情報の内容を表示部 15に表示させ( =変更 化設定画面)、その変更化設定画面を見ながらユーザが操作部 14を介してそれら情 報内容を予め各種設定しておくようにしてもょ 、。 [0118] In FIG. 12, first, in step S305, a commodity item is input in the same manner as in step S205 in FIG. 11, and in the next step S310, based on the input commodity item in the same manner as in step S210 in FIG. Get the corresponding change tag ID and discount print information Rh from database 6. The above-described discount amount information that is the basis of this discount print information Rh is, for example, the control circuit 302 of the tag label creation unit 11 (or the CPU 10 of the register 3). By outputting a display signal for displaying the change setting screen to the display unit 15 to the display unit 15, the contents of the discount amount information together with the list price information are displayed on the display unit 15 (= change setting screen). The user may set various information contents in advance through the operation unit 14 while viewing the modified setting screen.
[0119] このとき、操作部 14でのメニュー選択により商品 2を選択指定してそれに基づき上 記の各種情報を設定するようにしてもよいし、たとえば金額そのものを操作部 14から 直接入力して金額情報としてデータベース 6に設定するようにしてもよ!、。  [0119] At this time, the product 2 may be selected and specified by menu selection on the operation unit 14, and the above-mentioned various information may be set based on the selection. For example, the amount itself may be directly input from the operation unit 14. It may be set in database 6 as monetary information!
[0120] 次のステップ S315では、上記図 11のステップ S215と同様にタグラベル作成部 11 へ指令信号を出力し、タグテープ 303に備えられている無線タグ回路素子 Toに対し 取得した変更タグ IDを書き込ませるとともにラベル本体 149 (タグテープ 303)の表面 の所定領域 (値引印字領域)に値引印字情報 Rhを印字させる。  [0120] In the next step S315, a command signal is output to the tag label producing unit 11 in the same manner as in step S215 in Fig. 11 above, and the obtained change tag ID is assigned to the RFID circuit element To provided in the tag tape 303. Write the discount print information Rh to the specified area (discount print area) on the surface of the label body 149 (tag tape 303).
[0121] そして次のステップ S320では、上記図 11のステップ S220と同様にタグテープ 303 を切断させて値引タグラベル Thを作成し、このフローを終了する。  [0121] In the next step S320, the tag tape 303 is cut to create a discount tag label Th as in step S220 of Fig. 11, and this flow is ended.
[0122] 以上において、図 10のフローにおけるステップ S110、ステップ S125及びステップ S 135が各請求項記載の情報取得手段に相当し、図 10のフローにおけるステップ S 140が変更処理手段に相当し、図 12のフローにおけるステップ S315が、書き込み 制御手段に相当する。また、図 9のフローにおけるステップ S10、ステップ S15がモー ド切替手段に相当する。  In the above, step S110, step S125 and step S135 in the flow of FIG. 10 correspond to the information acquisition means described in each claim, and step S140 in the flow of FIG. 10 corresponds to the change processing means. Step S315 in the flow of 12 corresponds to write control means. Further, step S10 and step S15 in the flow of FIG. 9 correspond to mode switching means.
[0123] 以上説明したように、本実施形態においては、値引タグラベル Thに備えられている 無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150に、その値引タグラベル Thが貼付される商品 2に係わる定価金額情報をレジスタ 3内だけで変更処理するための値引金額情報に 対応する変更タグ IDが記憶保持されて 、る(なお、値引金額情報自体を IC回路部 1 50に書き込んで記憶保持させるようにしてもよ!/、)。  [0123] As described above, in the present embodiment, the fixed price related to the product 2 in which the discount tag label Th is affixed to the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID tag circuit element To provided in the discount tag label Th. The change tag ID corresponding to the discount amount information for changing the amount information only in the register 3 is stored and held. (Note that the discount amount information itself is written and stored in the IC circuit unit 150. You can do it! /,).
[0124] そして、レジスタ 3が、定価タグラベル Tbに備えられている無線タグ回路素子 Toの I C回路部 150に記憶保持された物品タグ IDに基づ ヽて当該定価タグラベル Tbに関 連づけられた商品 2に係わる定価金額情報を取得するとともに、上記値引タグラベル Thの無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150に記憶保持されて 、る上記変更タグ ID を取得する制御手順(図 10のフローにおけるステップ S110、ステップ S125及びステ ップ S135)を行い、この変更タグ IDに基づいて値引金額情報を取得し、この値引金 額情報を用いて定価金額情報を変更処理する制御手順(図 10のフローにおけるス テツプ S 140)を行う。 [0124] Then, the register 3 is associated with the fixed price tag label Tb based on the article tag ID stored and held in the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To included in the fixed price tag label Tb. The control procedure for acquiring the above-mentioned change tag ID stored in the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID tag circuit element To of the discount tag label Th as well as acquiring the list price information related to the product 2 (in the flow of FIG. 10) Step S110, Step S125 and Step Step S135) to obtain discount amount information based on the change tag ID and change the list price information using this discount amount information (step S 140 in the flow of FIG. 10). )I do.
[0125] これにより、もともとの物品タグ IDに対応してデータベース 6内に記憶されている定 価金額情報自体は維持したまま修正する必要がな 、ので、データベース 6内の定価 金額情報を修正した後に再度元に戻す場合のような煩わしさやデータベース 6を操 作するための高度の知識を必要とせず、一般ユーザが容易かつ簡便な方法で実質 的に定価金額情報の変更を行うことができる。  [0125] As a result, it is not necessary to modify the list price information stored in the database 6 corresponding to the original product tag ID, so the list price information in the database 6 has been revised. General users can change the list price information in an easy and simple way, without the need for bothering to restore it later and advanced knowledge for operating the database 6.
[0126] また本実施形態では特に、上記のように利用に供される定価タグラベル Tbや値引 タグラベル Th自体を、レジスタ 3に備えられて ヽるタグラベル作成部 11で作成するこ とができる。すなわち、例えば値引タグラベル Thの作成に際しては、タグラベル作成 部 11は、タグテープ 303を搬送装置で搬送しつつ、アンテナ 306を介してタグテー プ 303に備えられて 、る無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150に対し、当該無線タグ 回路素子 Toに対し予め想定された商品 2に係わる定価金額情報を変更処理するた めの値引金額情報に対応する変更タグ IDを書き込む制御手順(図 12のフローにお けるステップ S315)を行 、、その無線タグ回路素子 Toを用いてタグラベル Thを作成 する。  In the present embodiment, in particular, the fixed price tag label Tb and the discount tag label Th itself used as described above can be created by the tag label creating unit 11 provided in the register 3. That is, for example, when producing the discount tag label Th, the tag label producing unit 11 is provided with the tag tape 303 via the antenna 306 while the tag tape 303 is carried by the carrying device, and the IC of the RFID circuit element To A control procedure for writing the change tag ID corresponding to the discount amount information for changing the list price information related to the product 2 assumed in advance for the RFID tag circuit element To to the circuit unit 150 (see FIG. 12). Step S315) in the flow is performed, and a tag label Th is created using the RFID circuit element To.
[0127] なお、値引タグラベル Thの無線タグ回路素子 Toに記憶させる情報は、値引金額情 報を取得するための変更タグ IDではなく値引金額情報そのものを記憶させてもよい 。この場合、図 13に示す情報の処理と会計計算の流れのように、レジスタ 3の平面ァ ンテナ 4からは定価タグラベル Tbに記憶されて 、る物品タグ IDと、値引タグラベル T hに記憶されている値引金額情報とが検出されることになり、レジスタ 3はデータべ一 ス 6に対して物品タグ IDに基づいて定価金額情報を取得した後すぐに値引金額情 報で変更処理することができる。  Note that the information stored in the RFID tag circuit element To of the discount tag label Th may store the discount amount information itself instead of the change tag ID for acquiring the discount amount information. In this case, as shown in the flow of information processing and accounting calculation shown in FIG. 13, the flat tag 4 of the register 3 is stored in the fixed price tag label Tb, and is stored in the product tag ID and the discount tag label Th. As soon as the discount price information is obtained for the database 6 based on the article tag ID, the register 3 changes the discount price information. be able to.
[0128] また、この実施形態では特に、値引タグラベル Thのラベル本体 149に値引金額情 報に関する値引印字情報 Rhが印字された値引印字領域 Ahを備えていることで、そ の値引印字領域 Ahの印字を見るだけで、ユーザが当該値引タグラベル Thがどのよ うな変更機能を備える力を明確に視覚的に認識することができる。 [0129] また、この実施形態では特に、レジスタ 3が、上記値引タグラベル Thの無線タグ回 路素子 Toの IC回路部 150から上記値引金額情報に対応する変更タグ IDを取得し た時刻の前後所定時間範囲内に、上記定価タグラベル Tbの物品タグ IDに基づき上 記定価金額情報を取得する。このように、前後所定時間範囲内に取得した定価金額 情報については、値引タグラベル Thの変更対象として想定された商品 2の定価金額 情報であるとみなし、値引金額情報を用いて変更処理する。これにより値引タグラベ ル Thの無線タグ回路素子 Toに物品タグ IDや定価金額情報を必ずしも記憶保持さ せる必要がなくなって、その記憶容量を低減でき (又は別の用途に使用することがで き)、レジスタ 3側で照合を行ったりする必要もなくなって構成及び制御内容を簡素化 し迅速に処理することができる。 In this embodiment, in particular, the label main body 149 of the discount tag label Th is provided with the discount print area Ah in which the discount print information Rh related to the discount amount information is printed. By simply looking at the printout of the printout area Ah, the user can clearly visually recognize the power with which the discount tag label Th has a change function. Further, in this embodiment, in particular, the register 3 acquires the change tag ID corresponding to the discount amount information from the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To of the discount tag label Th. Within the predetermined time range before and after, the above list price information is acquired based on the article tag ID of the above list price tag label Tb. In this way, the list price information acquired within the predetermined time range before and after is regarded as the list price information of the product 2 that is assumed to be changed in the discount tag label Th, and is changed using the discount price information. . This eliminates the need for the RFID tag circuit element To of the discount tag label Th to store the product tag ID and the fixed price information, so that the storage capacity can be reduced (or used for other purposes). ), It is not necessary to perform verification on the register 3 side, and the configuration and control contents can be simplified and processed quickly.
[0130] また、この実施形態では特に、タグラベル作成部 11にお 、て、値引金額情報に対 応する変更タグ IDの書き込みを行う図 12のフローによる値引タグラベル作成処理と 、当該値引金額情報に対応する変更タグ IDの書き込みを行わない図 11のフローに よる定価タグラベル作成処理とを切り替える制御手順(図 9のフローにおけるステップ S10、ステップ S15)を行う。これにより、ユーザは、用途やニーズに対応してタグラベ ル Tb, Thの作成処理を選択的に切り替えることで、値引金額情報に対応する変更タ グ IDを無線タグ回路素子 Toに備えた値引タグラベル Thと、値引金額情報に対応す る変更タグ IDを無線タグ回路素子 Toに備えない定価タグラベル Tbとの両方をおな じタグラベル作成部 11で作成することができるので、利便性が向上する。  Further, in this embodiment, in particular, the tag label creating unit 11 writes the change tag ID corresponding to the discount amount information, the discount tag label creating process according to the flow of FIG. 12, and the discount A control procedure (step S10 and step S15 in the flow of FIG. 9) is performed to switch to the fixed price tag label creation processing by the flow of FIG. 11 in which the change tag ID corresponding to the amount information is not written. As a result, the user can selectively switch the creation process of the tag labels Tb and Th according to the application and needs, so that the change tag ID corresponding to the discount amount information is provided in the RFID circuit element To. The tag label creation unit 11 can create both the discount tag label Th and the fixed price tag label Tb that does not have the change tag ID corresponding to the discount amount information in the RFID circuit element To. improves.
[0131] また、この実施形態では特に、タグラベル作成部 11の制御回路 302 (又はレジスタ 3の CPU10)が表示部 15に対し、定価金額情報及び値引金額情報の内容を設定 する変更化設定画面を表示する表示信号を表示部 15へ出力することにより、定価金 額情報や値引金額情報の内容を表示部 15の変更化設定画面に表示し、その変更 化設定画面でユーザがそれら情報内容を各種設定可能とすることにより、定価金額 情報の変更処理を行う値引タグラベル Thの作成作業をさらに容易かつ円滑に行うこ とがでさる。  [0131] Further, in this embodiment, in particular, the control circuit 302 (or the CPU 10 of the register 3) of the tag label creating unit 11 sets the contents of the fixed price amount information and the discount amount information on the display unit 15. Is output to the display unit 15 to display the contents of the list price information and discounted amount information on the change setting screen of the display unit 15, and the user can display the information contents on the change setting screen. By making various settings possible, the creation of the discount tag label Th for changing the list price information can be performed more easily and smoothly.
[0132] なお、本実施形態のレジスタ 3のラベル作成部 11に関し、図 9のフローにおけるス テツプ S 15で操作部 14の値引タグラベル作成スィッチ 35が押下されているか否かで 値引タグラベル作成処理を行うか否かを判断していた力 これに限られず、例えば平 面アンテナ 4から定価タグラベル Tbの物品タグ IDが検出されたカゝ否かで判断しても よい。つまり値引タグラベル作成スィッチ 35を押下する代わりに、値引きさせたい商 品 2の定価タグラベル Tbを平面アンテナ 4近傍の領域に通過し物品タグ IDを検出さ せることで値引タグラベル作成処理を始めることができ、その場合には図 12のフロー においてステップ S305を省略し、ステップ S310では検出した物品タグ IDに基づい て予め関連づけられて設定されて 、る変更タグ IDと値引印字情報をデータベース 6 から取得する(特に図示せず、以降の制御手順は同じ)ようにすればよい。 Note that, regarding the label creating unit 11 of the register 3 of the present embodiment, whether or not the discount tag label creating switch 35 of the operation unit 14 is pressed in step S 15 in the flow of FIG. The force for determining whether or not to perform the discount tag label creation processing is not limited to this. For example, the determination may be made based on whether or not the product tag ID of the regular price tag label Tb is detected from the flat antenna 4. In other words, instead of pressing the discount tag label creation switch 35, the discount tag label creation process starts by passing the price tag label Tb of the product 2 to be discounted through the area near the flat antenna 4 and detecting the product tag ID. In this case, step S305 is omitted in the flow of FIG. 12. In step S310, the change tag ID and the discount print information that are set in advance based on the detected article tag ID are stored from the database 6. What is necessary is just to acquire (it is not specifically shown and the subsequent control procedures are the same).
[0133] このように、タグラベル作成部 11に接続された RF通信制御部 17及び平面アンテナ 4を介して所定の商品 2に係る定価タグラベル Tbの無線タグ回路素子 Toカゝら物品タ グ IDが検出された場合に、この物品タグ IDに基づき当該商品 2に対応する変更タグ I Dがデータベース 6から取得されてタグラベル作成部 11に入力し、対応する変更タグ IDを備えた値引タグラベル Thを作成する場合には、各商品 2に対応した、変更タグ I Dを記憶する値引タグラベル Thの作成を容易に行うことができ、ユーザの利便性をさ らに向上することができる。  [0133] As described above, the product tag ID of the RFID tag circuit element To of the regular price tag label Tb related to the predetermined product 2 is obtained via the RF communication control unit 17 and the planar antenna 4 connected to the tag label creating unit 11. If detected, a change tag ID corresponding to the product 2 is acquired from the database 6 based on the product tag ID and input to the tag label creation unit 11 to create a discount tag label Th with the corresponding change tag ID. In this case, the discount tag label Th that stores the change tag ID corresponding to each product 2 can be easily created, and the convenience for the user can be further improved.
[0134] なお、本実施形態は、上記に限られるものではなぐその趣旨及び技術思想を逸脱 しない範囲で種々の変形が可能である。以下、そのような変形例を順を追って説明 する。  Note that the present embodiment is not limited to the above, and various modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and technical idea of the present embodiment. Hereinafter, such modifications will be described step by step.
[0135] (1— 1)値引タグラベル Thに物品タグ IDを記憶させる場合  [0135] (1-1) When storing the product tag ID in the discount tag label Th
上記第 1実施形態では、値引タグラベル Thに値引金額情報に対応する変更タグ I Dだけを記憶させていたが、本発明はこれに限られず、変更タグ IDと併せて商品 2の 品目を識別可能な物品タグ IDも値引タグラベル Thに記憶させてもよい。  In the first embodiment, only the change tag ID corresponding to the discount amount information is stored in the discount tag label Th. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the item of the product 2 is identified together with the change tag ID. Possible item tag IDs may also be stored in the discount tag label Th.
[0136] 図 14は、物品タグ IDを記憶する定価タグラベル Tbと物品タグ ID及び変更タグ ID を記憶する値引タグラベル Thとが商品(物品) 2に貼付されている場合の情報の処理 と会計計算の流れを概念的に表す図である。この図 14において、レジスタ 3の平面ァ ンテナ 4からは定価タグラベル Tbに記憶されている第 1物品タグ IDと、値引タグラベ ル Thに記憶されている第 2物品タグ ID及び変更タグ IDが検出されることになる。  FIG. 14 shows information processing and accounting when the fixed price tag label Tb for storing the product tag ID and the discount tag label Th for storing the product tag ID and the change tag ID are attached to the product (article) 2. It is a figure which represents the flow of calculation notionally. In FIG. 14, the first item tag ID stored in the fixed price tag label Tb, the second item tag ID and the change tag ID stored in the discount tag label Th are detected from the planar antenna 4 of the register 3. Will be.
[0137] そしてレジスタ 3は第 1物品タグ IDと第 2物品タグ IDとを照合し、それらが一致する か否か(同じ商品品目に対応するタグ IDである力否か)を判定する。一致しない場合 は、値引タグラベル Thが当該商品 2に対応していないものであるとみなしてエラー処 理を行う。一致する場合は、第 1物品タグ IDに対応する定価金額情報と変更タグ ID に対応する値引金額情報をそれぞれデータベース 6から取得し、これらに基づき定 価金額情報を値引金額情報により変更処理するようにして商品単品の販売価格を算 出し会計する。 [0137] Register 3 compares the first item tag ID and the second item tag ID, and they match. (Whether or not it is a tag ID corresponding to the same product item). If they do not match, it is considered that the discount tag label Th does not correspond to the product 2 and error handling is performed. If they match, the list price information corresponding to the first article tag ID and the discount price information corresponding to the change tag ID are obtained from the database 6 respectively, and based on these, the price information is changed by the discount price information. In this way, the sales price of a single product is calculated and accounted for.
[0138] なお、各タグ IDを検出する際には第 1物品タグ IDが定価タグラベル Tb力も検出さ れたものであって、第 2物品タグ IDが値引タグラベル Thから検出されたものであると 認識できるよう、別途の手法でそれぞれ商品 2の識別情報を保持しながら個別に識 別できるデータ構造とする力、または検出するタイミングに時間差を設けるようにして ちょい。  [0138] When each tag ID is detected, the first product tag ID is also detected from the fixed price tag label Tb force, and the second product tag ID is detected from the discount tag label Th. In order to be able to recognize them, use a separate method to maintain the identification information of product 2 while maintaining the data structure that can be individually identified, or to make a time difference in the detection timing.
[0139] 図 15は、本変形例においてレジスタ 3の CPU10が実行する会計処理の詳細手順 を表すフローチャートであり、上記第 1実施形態における図 10に相当する図である。 この図 15のフローは概略的に図 10のフローとほぼ同じであり、基本的には図 10のフ ローにおけるステップ S 135の後にステップ S 137及びステップ S 139の手順が追加さ れた点で異なっている。なお、ステップ S115では第 1物品タグ IDの検出が判定され ており、ステップ S125では第 1物品タグ IDに対応する定価金額情報がデータベース 6から取得されて 、る。以下上記の相違する手順につ!、て説明する。  FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of the accounting process executed by the CPU 10 of the register 3 in this modification, and is a diagram corresponding to FIG. 10 in the first embodiment. The flow shown in FIG. 15 is roughly the same as the flow shown in FIG. 10, and basically the steps S 137 and S 139 are added after step S 135 in the flow shown in FIG. Is different. In step S115, it is determined that the first product tag ID is detected. In step S125, the list price information corresponding to the first product tag ID is acquired from the database 6. The above different procedures are described below.
[0140] 図 15において、ステップ S135で変更タグ IDに対応する値引金額情報をデータべ ース 6から取得した後にステップ S 137へ移り、ステップ S 110で検出しタグラベル Tb , Thからの応答信号に第 2物品タグ IDが含まれている力否かを判定する。この例で は、定価タグラベル Tbに記憶されている第 1物品タグ IDに対して照合すべき第 2物 品タグ IDが値引タグラベル Thから検出されるべきであり、もし第 2物品タグ IDが検出 されていない場合には、判定が満たされず、すなわち不良または不適切な値引タグ ラベル Thが商品 2に貼付されているとみなされ、ステップ S 120のエラー処理を行い 、この会計処理のフローを終了する。一方、第 2物品タグ IDが検出されている場合に は、判定が満たされ、次のステップ S 139へ移る。  [0140] In FIG. 15, the discount amount information corresponding to the change tag ID is acquired from database 6 in step S135, and then the process proceeds to step S137, detected in step S110, and response signals from tag labels Tb and Th. It is determined whether the second article tag ID is included in the power. In this example, the second product tag ID to be checked against the first product tag ID stored in the fixed price tag label Tb should be detected from the discount tag label Th, and if the second product tag ID is If it is not detected, the judgment is not satisfied, that is, it is considered that the defective or inappropriate discount tag label Th is attached to the product 2, and the error processing of step S120 is performed, and this accounting process flow is performed. Exit. On the other hand, if the second article tag ID is detected, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S139.
[0141] ステップ S139では、定価タグラベル Tb力も検出された第 1物品タグ IDと値引タグラ ベル Th力 検出された第 2物品タグ IDがー致する力否力 つまり 2つの物品タグ ID がそれぞれ同一の商品 2に対応する識別情報である力否かを判定する。 2つの物品 タグ IDがー致しない場合、つまり各物品タグ IDがそれぞれ異なる商品 2に対応する タグ識別情報である場合には、判定は満たされず、すなわち同一の商品 2に対して 定価タグラベル Tbと値引タグラベル Thの!ヽずれかが非対応の間違ったものが貼付 されているとみなされ、ステップ S 120のエラー処理を行い、この会計処理のフローを 終了する。一方、 2つの物品タグ IDがー致する場合、判定が満たされ、次のステップ S140へ移る。他の手順については、図 10と同様であり、説明を省略する。 [0141] In step S139, the first article tag ID and the discount tag label whose tag price Tb force is also detected are detected. Bell Th force It is determined whether or not the detected second article tag ID is a force or not, that is, whether the two article tag IDs are identification information corresponding to the same product 2. If the two product tag IDs do not match, that is, if the product tag IDs are tag identification information corresponding to different products 2, the determination is not satisfied, that is, the same product 2 with the fixed price tag label Tb It is considered that the wrong tag label Th does not correspond to the wrong one, and the error processing in step S120 is performed, and this accounting processing flow is ended. On the other hand, if the two product tag IDs match, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S140. The other procedures are the same as those in FIG.
[0142] また、本変形例にお!ヽて行う定価タグラベル作成処理は、上記第 1実施形態にお ける図 11のフローチャートで、ステップ S210で取得される物品タグ ID及びステップ S 215で書き込むタグ IDがそれぞれ第 1物品タグ IDとなり、それ以外は同様となる。  [0142] In addition, the fixed price tag label creation process performed in the present modification is the product tag ID acquired in step S210 and the tag written in step S215 in the flowchart of FIG. 11 in the first embodiment. Each ID is the first item tag ID, and the others are the same.
[0143] また、本変形例において行う値引タグラベル作成処理は、上記第 1実施形態にお ける図 12のフローチャートで、ステップ S310で取得するタグ IDが変更タグ IDと第 2 物品タグ IDの 2つであり、またステップ S315で書き込むタグ IDもそれら変更タグ IDと 第 2物品タグ IDとなり、それ以外は同様となる。  [0143] Further, the discount tag label creation process performed in the present modification example is the flowchart of Fig. 12 in the first embodiment, and the tag ID acquired in step S310 is 2 of the change tag ID and the second item tag ID. The tag IDs to be written in step S315 are the change tag ID and the second item tag ID, and the others are the same.
[0144] 以上において、図 15のフローにおけるステップ S139が、照合手段に相当する。  In the above, step S139 in the flow of FIG. 15 corresponds to the collating means.
[0145] 以上のように構成した本変形例においては、レジスタ 3において、図 15のフローに おけるステップ S 110が値引タグラベル Thの IC回路部 150に記憶保持された第 2物 品タグ IDを取得し、図 15のフローにおけるステップ S 140がその値引タグラベル Th に係わる第 2物品タグ IDに基づき、定価タグラベル Tbの第 1物品タグ IDに基づき取 得した定価金額情報を、値引金額情報を用いて変更処理する。  In this variation configured as described above, in step S 110 in the flow of FIG. 15 in the register 3, the second product tag ID stored and held in the IC circuit unit 150 of the discount tag label Th is stored. Step S140 in the flow shown in FIG. 15 is based on the second product tag ID related to the discount tag label Th, and the price information obtained based on the first product tag ID of the price tag label Tb is used as the discount price information. Change process using.
[0146] このとき特に、ステップ S139において、定価タグラベル Tbの第 1物品タグ IDと値引 タグラベル Thの第 2物品タグ IDとの合致性を照合判定し、合致性が認められると判 定された場合にのみ、定価タグラベル Tbの第 1物品タグ IDに基づき取得した定価金 額情報を変更処理する。これにより、ユーザが誤って値引タグラベル Thの変更対象 として想定されて ヽな ヽ商品 2の定価金額情報を取得し、値引タグラベル Thに係る 値引金額情報を用いて変更しょうとしても、第 1物品タグ IDと第 2物品タグ IDとの照 合で不適正の場合には変更不可能とすることができる。 [0147] (1 2)値引タグラベル Thに定価金額情報を記憶させる場合 [0146] At this time, in particular, in step S139, the matching between the first item tag ID of the regular price tag label Tb and the second item tag ID of the discount tag label Th is collated, and it is determined that the matching is recognized. Only in this case, the list price information acquired based on the first article tag ID of the list tag Tb is changed. As a result, even if the user mistakenly obtains the list price information of product 2 that is assumed to be the target for changing the discount tag label Th and uses the discount price information related to the discount tag label Th, If the first product tag ID and the second product tag ID do not match, it cannot be changed. [0147] (1 2) When storing fixed price information in discount tag label Th
また、値引タグラベル Thに変更タグ IDと併せて定価金額情報を記憶させるようにし てもよい。  Further, the list price information may be stored in the discount tag label Th together with the change tag ID.
[0148] 図 16は、物品タグ IDを記憶する定価タグラベル Tbと定価金額情報及び変更タグ I Dを記憶する値引タグラベル Thとが商品(物品) 2に貼付されている場合の情報の処 理と会計計算の流れを概念的に表す図である。この図 16において、レジスタ 3の平 面アンテナ 4からは定価タグラベル Tbに記憶されている物品タグ IDと、値引タグラベ ル Thに記憶されて ヽる第 2定価金額情報 (被変更情報、物品の価格情報)及び変更 タグ IDが検出されることになる。  [0148] FIG. 16 shows information processing when the price tag label Tb for storing the article tag ID and the discount tag label Th for storing the price price information and the change tag ID are attached to the product (article) 2. It is a figure which represents the flow of accounting calculation conceptually. In FIG. 16, from the flat antenna 4 of the register 3, the item tag ID stored in the list tag label Tb and the second list price information stored in the discount tag label Th (changed information, item Price information) and change tag IDs will be detected.
[0149] そしてレジスタ 3は、物品タグ IDに対応する第 1定価金額情報と変更タグ IDに対応 する値引金額情報 (物品の価格変更情報)をそれぞれデータベース 6から取得した 後、第 1定価金額情報と第 2定価金額情報とを照合し、それらが一致するか否かを判 定する。一致しな 、場合は、値引タグラベル Thが定価タグラベル Tbに対応して 、な いものであるとみなしてエラー処理を行う。一致する場合は、値引金額情報により第 1 定価金額情報 (又は第 2定価金額情報)を変更処理するようにして商品単品の販売 価格を算出し会計する。  [0149] Then, the register 3 obtains the first list price information corresponding to the article tag ID and the discount price information (item price change information) corresponding to the change tag ID from the database 6, and then the first list price The information and the second list price information are collated to determine whether they match. If they do not match, error handling is performed assuming that the discount tag label Th does not correspond to the fixed price tag label Tb. If they match, the sales price of a single product is calculated and accounted for by changing the first list price information (or second list price information) according to the discount price information.
[0150] 図 17は、本変形例においてレジスタ 3の CPU10が実行する会計処理の詳細手順 を表すフローチャートであり、上記第 1実施形態における図 10に相当する図である。 この図 17のフローは概略的に図 10のフローとほぼ同じであり、基本的には図 10のフ ローにおけるステップ S135の後にステップ S137A及びステップ S139Aの手順が追 カロされた点で異なっている。以下、上記の相違する手順について説明する。  FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of the accounting process executed by the CPU 10 of the register 3 in this variation, and is a diagram corresponding to FIG. 10 in the first embodiment. The flow of FIG. 17 is roughly the same as the flow of FIG. 10, and is basically different in that the procedure of step S137A and step S139A is added after step S135 in the flow of FIG. . Hereinafter, the different procedures will be described.
[0151] 図 17において、ステップ S135で変更タグ IDに対応する値引金額情報をデータべ ース 6から取得した後にステップ S 137Aへ移り、ステップ S 110で検出したタグラベル Tb, Th力もの応答信号に第 2定価金額情報が含まれている力否かを判定する。この 例では、定価タグラベル Tbに記憶されて ヽる物品タグ IDに対応する第 1定価金額情 報に対して照合すべき第 2定価金額情報が値引タグラベル Thから検出されるべきで あり、もし第 2定価金額情報が検出されていない場合には、判定が満たされず、すな わち不良または不適切な値引タグラベル Thが商品 2に貼付されているとみなされ、ス テツプ SI 20のエラー処理を行い、この会計処理のフローを終了する。一方、第 2定 価金額情報が検出されている場合には、判定が満たされ、次のステップ S139Aへ移 る。 [0151] In FIG. 17, after acquiring the discount amount information corresponding to the change tag ID from the database 6 in step S135, the process proceeds to step S137A, and the response signal of the tag label Tb, Th force detected in step S110. Whether or not it contains the second list price information. In this example, the second list price information to be checked against the first list price information corresponding to the article tag ID stored in the list tag label Tb should be detected from the discount tag label Th. If the second list price information is not detected, the judgment is not satisfied, that is, it is considered that a defective or inappropriate discount tag label Th is affixed to the product 2, and the The error processing of step SI 20 is performed, and this accounting processing flow is completed. On the other hand, if the second list price information is detected, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S139A.
[0152] ステップ S139Aでは、定価タグラベル Tb力も検出された物品タグ IDに基づいて取 得された第 1定価金額情報と値引タグラベル Thから検出された第 2定価金額情報が 一致するか否かを判定する。 2つの定価金額が一致しない場合、つまり各定価金額 情報が異なる定価金額である場合には、判定は満たされず、すなわち同一の商品 2 に対して定価タグラベル Tbと値引タグラベル Thのいずれかが非対応の間違ったも のが貼付されているとみなされ、ステップ S 120のエラー処理を行い、この会計処理 のフローを終了する。一方、 2つの定価金額が一致する場合、判定が満たされ、次の ステップ S 140へ移る。  [0152] In step S139A, it is determined whether or not the first list price information obtained based on the article tag ID for which the list price tag label Tb force is also detected matches the second list price information detected from the discount tag label Th. judge. If the two list prices do not match, that is, if each list price information is a different list price, the judgment is not satisfied, that is, either the list tag label Tb or the discount tag label Th for the same product 2 is not It is considered that the wrong correspondence is affixed, the error processing in step S120 is performed, and this accounting processing flow is ended. On the other hand, if the two list prices match, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S140.
[0153] なお、ステップ S140では第 1定価金額 (第 2定価金額でもよい)から値引金額を差 し引いて計算し、またステップ S145では表示部 15に第 1定価金額 (第 2定価金額)を 表示し、ステップ S 150では第 1定価金額 (第 2定価金額)を合計金額 Sに加算する。 他の手順については、図 10と同様であり、説明を省略する。  [0153] In step S140, the first fixed price (may be the second fixed price) is calculated by subtracting the discount amount, and in step S145, the first fixed price (second fixed price) is displayed on display 15. In step S150, the first list price (second list price) is added to the total price S. The other procedures are the same as those in FIG.
[0154] また、本変形例において行う値引タグラベル作成処理は、上記第 1実施形態にお ける図 12のフローチャートで、ステップ S310ではそれぞれ商品品目に対応する第 2 定価金額情報と変更タグ IDと値引印字情報をデータベース 6から取得し、またステツ プ S315では第 2定価金額情報と変更タグ IDの書き込みと値引印字情報の印字を行 い、それ以外は同様となる。  [0154] Further, the discount tag label creation process performed in the present modification example is the flowchart of FIG. 12 in the first embodiment. In step S310, the second list price information corresponding to the product item, the change tag ID, The discount print information is obtained from the database 6, and in step S315, the second list price information and change tag ID are written and the discount print information is printed.
[0155] 以上において、図 17のフローにおけるステップ S139A力 照合手段に相当する。  The above corresponds to step S139A force verification means in the flow of FIG.
[0156] 以上のように構成した本変形例においては、レジスタ 3において、図 17のフローに おけるステップ S 110が値引タグラベル Thの IC回路部 150に記憶保持された物品タ グ IDを取得し、ステップ S140がその値引タグラベル Thに係わる第 2物品タグ IDに 基づき、定価タグラベル Tbの物品タグ IDに基づき取得した第 1定価金額情報 (第 2 定価金額情報でもよ!、)を、値引金額情報を用いて変更処理する。  In the present variation configured as described above, in step S110 in the flow of FIG. 17 in the register 3, the product tag ID stored and held in the IC circuit unit 150 of the discount tag label Th is acquired. In step S140, based on the second item tag ID related to the discount tag label Th, the first list price information (may be the second list price information!) Obtained based on the item tag ID of the list tag label Tb is discounted. Change processing using the amount information.
[0157] このとき特に、ステップ S139Aにおいて、定価タグラベル Tbに基づき取得した第 1 定価金額情報と値引タグラベル Thに基づき取得した第 2定価金額情報との合致性 を照合判定し、合致性が認められると判定された場合にのみ、定価タグラベル Tbの 物品タグ IDに基づき取得した第 1定価金額情報を変更処理する。これにより、ユーザ が誤って値引タグラベル Thの変更対象として想定されて 、な 、商品 2の定価金額情 報を取得し、値引タグラベル Thに係る値引金額情報を用いて変更しょうとしても、上 記照合で不適正の場合には変更不可能とすることができる。 [0157] In particular, in step S139A, the consistency between the first list price information acquired based on the list price tag label Tb and the second list price information acquired based on the discount tag label Th. The first list price information acquired based on the product tag ID of the list tag label Tb is changed only when it is determined that matching is confirmed. As a result, even if the user is mistakenly assumed to be the target for changing the discount tag label Th, and obtains the list price information of the product 2 and tries to change it using the discount price information related to the discount tag label Th, If the above verification is inappropriate, it cannot be changed.
[0158] 次に、本発明の第 2の実施の形態を図 18〜図 26により説明する。本実施形態は、 ビル等の建造物での物品又は人物の出入りをモニター監視する監視システムに本発 明を適用した場合の実施形態である。 [0158] Next, a second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to Figs. The present embodiment is an embodiment when the present invention is applied to a monitoring system that monitors and monitors the entry and exit of an article or person in a building such as a building.
[0159] 図 18は、本実施形態の監視システムの全体構成を概略的に示す図である。この例 では、本実施形態の監視システム 101を複数階のフロアを有するオフィスビル (建造 物;以下単に「ビル」と略す) 102全体に適用した場合を示しており、そのうち各フロア にある所定の複数の部屋 (例えば、事務室、給湯室、休憩室等を含んでいてもよい。 )と各フロアの廊下をそれぞれ独立した管理対象区域とし、それら管理対象区域どう しは管理ゲート 103 (図中の点線部)を介して通じている。なお、各フロアの廊下間を 連絡する階段の途中にも管理ゲート 103が設けられて各階のフロアを区分しており、 またビル 102の外部との出入口通路である出入口ドア 104も管理ゲート 103の一つと なって外部とビル 102内部とを区分している。  FIG. 18 is a diagram schematically showing an overall configuration of the monitoring system of the present embodiment. This example shows a case where the monitoring system 101 of this embodiment is applied to an entire office building (building; hereinafter simply referred to as “building”) 102 having a plurality of floors, of which a predetermined number on each floor is shown. Multiple rooms (for example, office rooms, hot water supply rooms, break rooms, etc.) and corridors on each floor are set as independent management areas, and these management areas are managed gates 103 (in the figure). Through the dotted line). A management gate 103 is also provided in the middle of the stairway connecting the corridors on each floor to separate the floors of each floor, and the entrance door 104, which is an entrance passage to the outside of the building 102, is also located in the management gate 103. As one, the outside and the building 102 are separated.
[0160] 以上により、図 18に示すビル 102の例では、 1階廊下、 2階廊下、 2階 A室、 2階 B 室、 3階廊下、 3階 A室、及び 3階 B室がそれぞれ管理対象区域となっており、管理ゲ ート 103は各管理対象区域の境界に位置する 7箇所に設けられている。またこれら管 理対象区域とは別に管理担当の操作者 (図示せず、以下「管理者」という)が待機す る監視室 105がビル 102の 1階内部に設けられている。  [0160] Thus, in the example of the building 102 shown in FIG. 18, the first floor corridor, the second floor corridor, the second floor A room, the second floor B room, the third floor corridor, the third floor A room, and the third floor B room It is a management area, and management gates 103 are provided at 7 locations on the boundary of each management area. In addition to these management areas, a monitoring room 105 is provided on the first floor of the building 102 where an operator in charge of management (not shown, hereinafter referred to as “administrator”) waits.
[0161] 監視システム 101はまた、ビル 102内の各管理ゲート 103に設置されたリーダ (無 線タグ情報読み取り装置) 107と、監視室 105内に設置されて上記各リーダ 107と通 信ネットワーク NWを介して接続されている端末 108、管理サーバ 109、及びタグラベ ル作成装置 110とを有している。  [0161] The monitoring system 101 also includes a reader (wireless tag information reader) 107 installed in each management gate 103 in the building 102, and each reader 107 installed in the monitoring room 105 and a communication network NW. A terminal 108, a management server 109, and a tag label creating device 110 connected via the network.
[0162] リーダ 107は、 7箇所の各管理ゲート 103にそれぞれ一つずつ設置されている。ど のリーダ 107も同じ構成のものであり、各管理ゲート 103での通過時に、各タグ Gj, G kjをサーチしてそれぞれのタグ ID等を検出するようになって 、る(詳細にっ 、ては後 述する)。また、特に図示していないが、各管理ゲート 103は同時に一人の人物 106 のみを通過させるようになっており、その一人の人物 106による一回の通過を単位と してその各単位通過動作ごとにまとめて無線タグ Gj , Gkjを検出する。 One reader 107 is installed in each of the seven management gates 103. Each of the readers 107 has the same configuration, and when passing through each management gate 103, each tag Gj, G Searches kj to detect each tag ID, etc. (details will be described later). Although not specifically illustrated, each management gate 103 allows only one person 106 to pass through at the same time, and each unit passage operation is performed with one pass by the one person 106 as a unit. Collectively, the wireless tags Gj and Gkj are detected.
[0163] 管理サーバ 109は、各人物タグ Gjに記憶されている人物タグ IDに対応してどの管 理ゲート 103における通過が許可されているかを示す通過可否情報 (移動制限情報 、対象物情報)と、各人物許可タグ Gkjに記憶されている人物許可タグ IDに対応して どの管理ゲート 103において特別に通過を許可するかを示す通過許可情報 (変更化 情報、移動制限解除情報)とを記憶している。さらに管理サーバ 109は、各リーダ 10 7で各タグ Gj, Gkjが検出された際に、対応する管理ゲート 103での通過動作が許可 できるか否かを上記通過可否情報及び通過許可情報に基づ!/、て判断し、許可でき ない通過動作であると判断した場合に管理者に対して報知処理を行う(詳しくは後述 する)。 [0163] The management server 109 passes information indicating whether or not the management gate 103 is allowed to pass in correspondence with the person tag ID stored in each person tag Gj (movement restriction information, object information). And passage permission information (changed information, movement restriction release information) indicating which management gate 103 specifically allows passage according to the person permission tag ID stored in each person permission tag Gkj. is doing. Further, the management server 109 determines whether or not the passing operation at the corresponding management gate 103 can be permitted when each tag Gj, Gkj is detected by each reader 107, based on the passage permission information and the passage permission information. If it is determined that the passing operation cannot be permitted, a notification process is performed for the administrator (details will be described later).
[0164] そしてこの例では、当該ビル 102を居所とする会社の社員、来客者、等の当該ビル 102に入る全ての人物(対象物) 106が管理対象人物して監視の対象に設定されて おり、この全ての人物 106には人物タグ Gjを所持させている。さらに、上記人物 106 のうちで所定の人物 106には、所定の管理ゲート 103の通過に関する制限を変更す る(この例では、通過を追加的に許可させる等の制限緩和を行う。なお、逆に制限を 厳しくする制限強化でもよ 、)ための人物許可タグ(図中では許可タグと省略) Gkjを 所持させている。この人物許可タグ Gkjは、所定の条件を満たしている場合などにあ る限定された期間において (又は一時的にだけ)所持させるものである。  [0164] In this example, all persons (objects) 106 entering the building 102, such as employees and visitors of the company where the building 102 is located, are set as monitoring subjects as monitoring targets. All of these persons 106 have a person tag Gj. Further, the restriction on the passage of the predetermined management gate 103 is changed for the predetermined person 106 among the persons 106 (in this example, the restriction is relaxed such that the passage is additionally permitted. The person permission tag (abbreviated as the permission tag in the figure) Gkj for possessing the restriction is tightened. This person permission tag Gkj is held for a limited period (or only temporarily) such as when a predetermined condition is satisfied.
[0165] 人物タグ Gjには上記第 1実施形態で使用した定価タグラベル Tbと同等の構成の人 物タグラベル Tj (第 1無線タグ回路素子を備えた無線タグ;詳しくは後述する)が貼付 されており、その人物タグラベル Tjが備える無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150に は、この人物タグ Gjを所持する人物 106に対応した識別情報である人物タグ IDが記 憶されている。また、上記人物 106のうちで所定の人物 106が所持する人物許可タグ Gkjにも上記定価タグラベル Tbと同等の構成の人物許可タグラベル Tkj (第 2無線タ グ回路素子を備えた無線タグ;詳しくは後述する)が貼付されており、この人物許可タ グラベル Tkjの無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150には、この人物許可タグ Gkjを 所持させている間だけその人物 106に特別に通過を許可させる所定の管理ゲート 1 03を記した通過許可情報に対応する人物許可タグ IDが記憶されている。 [0165] The person tag Gj is affixed with a person tag label Tj (a wireless tag including a first wireless tag circuit element; details will be described later) having the same configuration as the fixed price tag label Tb used in the first embodiment. A person tag ID, which is identification information corresponding to the person 106 possessing the person tag Gj, is stored in the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To included in the person tag label Tj. In addition, the person permission tag Gkj possessed by the predetermined person 106 among the persons 106 also has a person permission tag label Tkj (a wireless tag including a second wireless tag circuit element) having the same configuration as the regular price tag label Tb; Is attached), and this person permission tag In the IC circuit section 150 of the RFID tag circuit element To of the gravel Tkj, the passage permission information indicating a predetermined management gate 103 that allows the person 106 to specifically pass only while holding the person permission tag Gkj. The person permission tag ID corresponding to is stored.
[0166] このとき、監視システム 101では、人物タグ Gjを所持していない不審者による各管 理対象区域への侵入や、人物タグ Gjを所持している人物 106でも予め通過可否情 報 (人物 106の移動制限態様)に基づ!/、て移動が制限されて 、る管理対象区域への 誤った入場を各管理ゲート 103で検知し、そのような不適切な管理ゲート 103の通過 動作を入場管理の異常として管理者に報知される。そして、人物タグ Gjを所持してい る人物 106がさらに人物許可タグ Gkjを所持している場合に限り、上記通過可否情報 に基づく移動の制限を通過許可情報 (人物 106の移動制限の解除情報)に基づい て一部又は全部解除し、対応する管理ゲート 103での通過を許可する(あるいは前 述のように制限を強化し、通過を禁止するようにしてもょ 、;)ものである。  [0166] At this time, in the monitoring system 101, a suspicious person who does not have the person tag Gj enters the management target area, or the person 106 who has the person tag Gj can pass information (person Based on the 106 movement restriction modes), each management gate 103 detects an erroneous entry to a controlled area where the movement is restricted, and such an inappropriate passage through the management gate 103 is detected. An administrator is informed of an admission control abnormality. And only when the person 106 who owns the person tag Gj also possesses the person permission tag Gkj, the passage restriction information (the movement restriction release information of the person 106) is restricted based on the passage permission information. Based on the above, part or all of them are released, and the passage through the corresponding management gate 103 is permitted (or the restriction may be strengthened as described above and the passage may be prohibited).
[0167] 図 19は、本実施形態の監視システム 101の概略を表すシステム構成図である。な お、上記第 1実施形態におけるレジスタ 3の構成(図 2参照)と同等の部分については 同じ符号を付して適宜説明を省略する。また、タグラベル作成装置 110は、上記第 1 実施形態のレジスタ 3内に設けられたタグラベル作成部 11と同等の構成(図 4参照) のものであり、同様に詳細な構成の図示を省略し別途説明する。  FIG. 19 is a system configuration diagram showing an overview of the monitoring system 101 of the present embodiment. Note that portions equivalent to the configuration of the register 3 in the first embodiment (see FIG. 2) are denoted by the same reference numerals, and description thereof will be omitted as appropriate. The tag label producing device 110 has the same configuration (see FIG. 4) as the tag label producing unit 11 provided in the register 3 of the first embodiment. explain.
[0168] この図 19において、この監視システム 101は、上述したように各タグ Gj, Gkjとの無 線通信によりそれぞれのタグ IDの検出を行う上記リーダ 107と、各リーダ 107に適宜 の通信ネットワーク NWでそれぞれ接続された上記端末 108、上記管理サーバ 109 、及び上記タグラベル作成装置 110とから構成されている。監視室 105に常駐する 管理者 (操作者)が端末 108を操作することにより、端末 108は通信ネットワーク NW を介して管理サーバ 109との間で指示信号や管理情報の送受を行い、また入力され た指示信号に応じて管理サーバ 109から通信ネットワーク NWを介し各リーダ 107へ 制御信号が出力され、リーダ 107からの検出結果の信号が管理サーバ 109へと出力 される。  In FIG. 19, the monitoring system 101 includes the reader 107 that detects each tag ID by wireless communication with the tags Gj and Gkj as described above, and an appropriate communication network for each reader 107. The terminal 108, the management server 109, and the tag label producing apparatus 110 are connected to each other by an NW. When an administrator (operator) resident in the monitoring room 105 operates the terminal 108, the terminal 108 sends and receives instruction signals and management information to and from the management server 109 via the communication network NW. In response to the received instruction signal, a control signal is output from the management server 109 to each reader 107 via the communication network NW, and a detection result signal from the reader 107 is output to the management server 109.
[0169] また、端末 108から指令信号が入力された際には、管理サーバ 109から通信ネット ワーク NWを介してタグラベル作成装置 110へ制御信号が出力され、タグラベル作成 装置 110が無線タグラベルとしての人物タグ Gj又は人物許可タグ Gkjを作成する。 [0169] Also, when a command signal is input from the terminal 108, a control signal is output from the management server 109 to the tag label creating device 110 via the communication network NW to create a tag label. The device 110 creates a person tag Gj or person permission tag Gkj as a wireless tag label.
[0170] リーダ 107は、制御部 111と、リーダアンテナ (読み取り側アンテナ) 113とを有して いる。なお、必要に応じて、管理ゲート 103における何らかの通過動作の検知を行う センサ(例えば赤外線センサ) 112と、この赤外線センサ 112の制御を行うセンサ制 御部 117とを設け、このセンサ 112で通過検知されたときに無線タグ回路素子 Toへ の情報送受信を行うようにしてもょ 、。  The reader 107 has a control unit 111 and a reader antenna (reading side antenna) 113. If necessary, a sensor (for example, an infrared sensor) 112 that detects some passing operation in the management gate 103 and a sensor control unit 117 that controls the infrared sensor 112 are provided. When this happens, send and receive information to the RFID circuit element To.
[0171] 制御部 111は、 CPU (中央演算装置) 114と、上記通信ネットワーク NWを介して管 理サーバ 109との制御信号及び情報信号の授受の制御を行うネットワーク通信制御 部 115と、例えば RAMや ROM等からなるメモリ 116と、リーダアンテナ 113を介し各 タグ Gj, Gkjとの無線通信の制御を行う RF通信制御部 118とを備えて 、る。  [0171] The control unit 111 includes a CPU (central processing unit) 114, a network communication control unit 115 that controls transmission and reception of control signals and information signals with the management server 109 via the communication network NW, and a RAM, for example. And an RF communication control unit 118 that controls wireless communication with the tags Gj and Gkj via the reader antenna 113.
[0172] CPU114は、 RAMの一時記憶機能を利用しつつ ROMに予め記憶されたプログ ラムに従って信号処理を行い、それによつて管理サーバ 109からの検出処理の実行 命令の入力を受け付け、リーダアンテナ 113を介した無線通信によりタグ Gj, Gkjの 検出処理を行い、その検出結果を上記通信ネットワーク NWを介して管理サーバ 10 9へ出力するようになって 、る。  [0172] The CPU 114 performs signal processing according to the program stored in the ROM in advance using the temporary storage function of the RAM, thereby receiving the detection processing execution command input from the management server 109, and the reader antenna 113. The tags Gj and Gkj are detected by wireless communication via the network, and the detection results are output to the management server 109 via the communication network NW.
[0173] リーダアンテナ 113は、上記第 1実施形態におけるレジスタ 3の平面アンテナ 4より 通信距離が長く設定されているアンテナであり、管理ゲート 103全体に対して通過す るタグ Gj, Gkjを検出できるものである。  [0173] The reader antenna 113 is an antenna whose communication distance is set longer than the planar antenna 4 of the register 3 in the first embodiment, and can detect the tags Gj and Gkj passing through the entire management gate 103. Is.
[0174] 管理サーバ 109は、 CPU (中央演算装置) 121と、上記と同様のメモリ 122と、ハー ドディスク装置などの大容量記憶装置からなり各タグ Gj, Gkjや各リーダ 107などに 関する各種情報を記憶するデータベース 123と、上記通信ネットワーク NWを介して リーダ 107との制御信号及び情報信号の授受の制御を行うネットワーク通信制御部 1 24とを備えている。なお、データベース 123は、管理サーバ 109内に設けるのに限ら ず、上記第 1実施形態と同様に何らかの通信回線を介して情報を送受可能に接続し た外部のデータベースを利用してもよい。なお、特に図示していないが、各リーダ 10 7には個別に識別するための識別番号が予め設定されており、管理サーバ 109はそ のリーダ 107の識別番号を用いて一つのリーダ 107を特定し、制御信号及び情報信 号の授受を行うようになって!/、る。 [0175] 端末 108は、 CPU (中央演算装置) 131と、上記と同様のメモリ 132と、管理者から の指示や情報が入力される操作部 (設定信号入力手段) 133と、各種情報やメッセ ージを表示する表示部(表示手段) 134と、上記通信ネットワーク NWを介して管理サ ーバ 109との制御信号及び情報信号の授受の制御を行うネットワーク通信制御部 13 5と、各管理ゲート 103において許可されない通過動作が検知された際に管理者に 音声報知するブザー 136とを備えている。この端末 108は、管理サーバ 109とタグラ ベル作成装置 110の両方に対して共通の操作端末'表示端末として機能する。 [0174] The management server 109 includes a CPU (central processing unit) 121, a memory 122 similar to the above, and a large-capacity storage device such as a hard disk device, and various types of tags Gj, Gkj, readers 107, etc. A database 123 that stores information, and a network communication control unit 124 that controls transmission and reception of control signals and information signals with the reader 107 via the communication network NW are provided. Note that the database 123 is not limited to being provided in the management server 109, and an external database connected so as to be able to send and receive information via some kind of communication line may be used as in the first embodiment. Although not shown in particular, each reader 107 has an identification number for individual identification, and the management server 109 identifies one reader 107 using the identification number of that reader 107. However, it is now possible to exchange control signals and information signals! [0175] The terminal 108 includes a CPU (central processing unit) 131, a memory 132 similar to the above, an operation unit (setting signal input means) 133 for inputting instructions and information from an administrator, and various information and messages. A display unit (display means) 134 for displaying a message, a network communication control unit 135 for controlling transmission / reception of control signals and information signals to / from the management server 109 via the communication network NW, and each management gate And buzzer 136 for notifying the administrator when a passage operation that is not permitted in 103 is detected. This terminal 108 functions as a common operation terminal'display terminal for both the management server 109 and the tag label creating apparatus 110.
[0176] タグラベル作成装置 110は、上記第 1実施形態においてレジスタ 3の内部に設けた タグラベル作成部 11と同等の構成のものであり、図 4に示す入出力 IZFに代えてネ ットワーク通信制御部 124が設けられ、上記通信ネットワーク NWを介して管理サー バ 109との制御信号及び情報信号の授受の制御を行う。  [0176] The tag label producing device 110 has the same configuration as the tag label producing unit 11 provided in the register 3 in the first embodiment, and a network communication control unit instead of the input / output IZF shown in FIG. 124 is provided and controls transmission / reception of control signals and information signals to / from the management server 109 via the communication network NW.
[0177] 図 20は、上記タグ Gj, Gkjの全体概略構造の一例を表す図であり、図 20 (a)は人 物タグ Gjの上面図、図 20 (b)は人物許可タグ Gkjの上面図である。これら図 20 (a) 及び図 20 (b)において、この例では、タグ Gj, Gkjはそれぞれ本体プレート 148を有 しており、各本体プレート 148の表面にはそれぞれ前述したように上記第 1実施形態 のタグラベル Tb, Thと同等の構成の人物タグラベル Tjまたは人物許可タグラベル T kjが貼付されている。なおこのような本体プレート 148へのラベル添付方式とせず、力 ードタイプの無線タグ (人物タグラベル Tjまたは人物許可タグラベル Tkjと同等の機 能を備える)としてもよい。  FIG. 20 is a diagram showing an example of the overall schematic structure of the tags Gj and Gkj. FIG. 20 (a) is a top view of the human tag Gj, and FIG. 20 (b) is a top view of the person permission tag Gkj. FIG. In FIGS. 20 (a) and 20 (b), in this example, the tags Gj and Gkj each have a body plate 148, and the surface of each body plate 148 has the above-described first implementation as described above. The person tag label Tj or the person permission tag label T kj having the same configuration as the tag labels Tb and Th of the form is affixed. It should be noted that such a label attachment method to the main body plate 148 may not be used, but a force-type wireless tag (having a function equivalent to the person tag label Tj or the person permission tag label Tkj) may be used.
[0178] 図 20 (a)に示すように、人物タグラベル Tjのラベル本体 149の表側(上面)には、こ れを所持する人物 106の所属と氏名を表す人物印字情報 (この例では「技術部:山 田二郎」) Rjが印字される人物印字領域 Ajが設けられて ヽるとともに、所持する人物 106に対応する通過可否印字情報(この例では「 1 , 2階フロアのみ」) Rtが印字され る通過可否印字領域 Atが設けられている。また、図 20 (b)に示すように、人物許可タ グラベル Tkjのラベル本体 149の表側(上面)には、対応する通過許可印字情報 (こ の例では「3階 B室以外許可」) Rkjが印字される通過許可印字領域 (印字領域) Akj が設けられている。なお、これら通過可否印字情報 Rt、通過許可印字情報 Rkjの印 字は必須ではなぐ図形や符号、あるいは単なる色塗り(無色も可能)や模様等であ つてもよい。 [0178] As shown in FIG. 20 (a), the front side (upper surface) of the label body 149 of the person tag label Tj is the person print information (in this example, “Technology” indicating the affiliation and name of the person 106 who owns the label body 149). Section: Jiro Yamada ”) Person print area Aj where Rj is printed is provided and passable print information corresponding to person 106 possessed (in this example,“ 1st, 2nd floor only ”) Rt A pass / fail printing area At for printing is provided. In addition, as shown in Fig. 20 (b), on the front side (upper surface) of the label main body 149 of the person permission tag label Tkj, the corresponding passage permission print information (in this example, “permit except for the 3rd floor B room”) Rkj The pass-permitted print area (print area) Akj is printed. In addition, the characters of these pass / fail print information Rt and pass permission print information Rkj are not mandatory figures or symbols, or are simply colored (can be colorless) or patterns. May be.
[0179] 本実施形態の最も大きな特徴は、既に述べたように、予め通過可能に設定された 管理ゲート 103以外の、その他の管理ゲート 103も通過許可する人物許可タグ Gkjよ りリーダ 7で情報取得を行い、これに対応する処理を行うことにある。以下、その詳細 を順を追って説明する。  [0179] As described above, the most significant feature of the present embodiment is that information is read by the reader 7 from the person permission tag Gkj that permits passage of other management gates 103 other than the management gate 103 that is set to be allowed to pass in advance. The acquisition is performed and processing corresponding to this is performed. The details are explained below in order.
[0180] 図 21は、管理サーバ 109の CPU121によって実行される制御手順を表すフローチ ヤートである。図 21において、例えば端末 108の操作部 133において監視開始の指 示入力 (例えばキー操作)されると、このフローが開始される。  FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the CPU 121 of the management server 109. In FIG. 21, for example, when a monitoring start instruction is input (for example, key operation) in the operation unit 133 of the terminal 108, this flow is started.
[0181] まず、ステップ S405において、監視を行う管理ゲート 103及びそれに対応するリー ダ 107を特定するための変数 Mを 1に初期設定する。  First, in step S405, a variable M for specifying the management gate 103 to be monitored and the corresponding reader 107 is initialized to 1.
[0182] 次にステップ S410へ移り、通信ネットワーク NWを介し、特定変数 Mに対応する管 理ゲート 103 (以下、 M番目の管理ゲート 103という)に設けられたリーダ 107 (以下、 M番目のリーダ 107という)の制御部 111に制御信号を出力し、例えば「Scroll All I D」信号などのような全てのタグ Gj, Gkjに対して応答を要求する質問信号をリーダァ ンテナ 113から送信し、それに対してタグ Gj, Gkjが発信する全ての応答信号を同じ リーダアンテナ 113で受信し、何らかの応答信号を受信したか (通過動作を検知した 力 否かを判定する。何らかの通過動作を検知している場合、判定が満たされ、次の ステップ S420へ移る。  [0182] Next, the process moves to step S410, and the reader 107 (hereinafter referred to as the Mth reader) provided in the management gate 103 (hereinafter referred to as the Mth management gate 103) corresponding to the specific variable M via the communication network NW. The control signal is output to the control unit 111 (referred to as 107), and a question signal requesting a response to all the tags Gj, Gkj, such as the “Scroll All ID” signal is transmitted from the reader antenna 113. All response signals transmitted by the tags Gj and Gkj are received by the same reader antenna 113, and any response signal is received (determining whether or not the passing motion is detected. If any passing motion is detected) The determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next step S420.
[0183] ステップ S420では、上記ステップ S410で人物タグ Gjが読み取られたか否力 つま り通過動作が検知された M番目の管理ゲート 103において人物タグ IDが検出された か否かを判定する。人物タグ IDが検出されていない場合、判定は満たされず、すな わち人物タグ Gjを所持していない不審者が M番目の管理ゲート 103を通過している ものとみなされ、ステップ S425で通信ネットワーク NWを介し端末 108へ制御信号を 出力し、その表示部 134に警告表示を行うなどの報知処理を行い (詳しくは後述する )、このフローを終了する。一方、人物タグ IDが検出されている場合には、判定が満 たされ、次のステップ S430へ移る。  In step S420, whether or not the person tag Gj has been read in step S410, that is, whether or not the person tag ID has been detected in the Mth management gate 103 in which the passage operation has been detected is determined. If the person tag ID is not detected, the determination is not satisfied, that is, a suspicious person who does not have the person tag Gj is considered to have passed through the Mth management gate 103 and communicated in step S425. A control signal is output to the terminal 108 via the network NW, and a notification process such as displaying a warning on the display unit 134 is performed (details will be described later), and this flow ends. On the other hand, if the person tag ID is detected, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S430.
[0184] ステップ S430では、上記ステップ S410で検出した人物タグ IDに基づいてデータ ベース 123へアクセスして検索を行い、対応する通過可否情報をデータベース 123 力 取得し、次のステップ S435へ移る。 [0184] In step S430, the database 123 is accessed and searched based on the person tag ID detected in step S410, and the corresponding passability information is stored in the database 123. Force, and move to next Step S435.
[0185] ステップ S435では、上記ステップ S430で取得した通過可否情報に基づいて上記 ステップ S410で検出した人物タグ IDを記憶する人物タグ Gjを所持する人物 106が M番目の管理ゲート 103を通過可能である力否かを判定する。通過可否情報に基づ V、てこの人物 106が M番目の管理ゲート 103は通過できな!/、よう設定されて 、る場 合、判定が満たされず、すなわちこの人物 106は人物タグ Gjを所持しているものの入 ることのできない管理対象区域に入ろうとしているものとみなされ、次のステップ S440 力 ステップ S450でさらに通過許可の確認を行う。  In step S435, the person 106 possessing the person tag Gj storing the person tag ID detected in step S410 based on the passability information acquired in step S430 can pass through the Mth management gate 103. Judge whether there is a certain force. Based on the pass / fail information, if the person 106 is set to pass through the Mth management gate 103! /, The determination is not satisfied, that is, the person 106 has the person tag Gj. However, in step S440, step S450 is used to further confirm passage permission.
[0186] 次のステップ S440では、上記ステップ S410で人物許可タグ Gkjが読み取られたか 否力 つまり通過動作が検知された M番目の管理ゲート 103において人物許可タグ I Dが検出された力否かを判定する。人物許可タグ IDが検出されていない場合、判定 は満たされず、すなわち本来入ることのできない管理対象区域に入ろうとしている人 物 106が人物許可タグ Gkjをも所持しておらず不当に入ろうとしているものとみなされ 、ステップ S425で報知処理を行い、このフローを終了する。一方、人物許可タグ ID が検出されている場合には、判定が満たされ、次のステップ S445へ移る。  [0186] In the next step S440, whether or not the person permission tag Gkj has been read in step S410 above, that is, whether or not the person permission tag ID is detected in the Mth management gate 103 in which the passage operation has been detected is determined. To do. If the person permission tag ID is not detected, the judgment is not satisfied, that is, the person 106 who is trying to enter the controlled area that cannot be originally entered does not have the person permission tag Gkj and is about to enter unjustly. In step S425, notification processing is performed, and this flow is terminated. On the other hand, if the person permission tag ID is detected, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S445.
[0187] ステップ S445では、上記ステップ S410で検出した人物許可タグ IDに基づいてデ ータベース 123へアクセスして検索を行い、対応する通過許可情報をデータベース 1 23力も取得し、次のステップ S450へ移る。  [0187] In step S445, the database 123 is accessed and searched based on the person permission tag ID detected in step S410 above, the corresponding passage permission information is also obtained from the database 123, and the process proceeds to the next step S450. .
[0188] ステップ S450では、上記ステップ S445で取得した通過許可情報に基づ!/、て上記 ステップ S410で検出した人物許可タグ IDを記憶する人物許可タグ Gkjは M番目の 管理ゲート 103の通過を許可するもの力否かを判定する。通過許可情報に基づいて 人物許可タグ Gkjが M番目の管理ゲート 103の通過を許可するものでない場合、判 定が満たされず、すなわち M番目の管理ゲート 103を通過しょうとする人物 106は入 ることのできない管理対象区域に入ろうとし、また特別に許可もされていないものとみ なされ、ステップ S425で報知処理を行い、このフローを終了する。一方、人物許可タ グ Gkjが M番目の管理ゲート 103の通過を許可するものである場合には、判定が満 たされ、すなわち M番目のリーダ 107の監視により M番目の管理ゲート 103において は適切な通過動作が行われて 、るとみなされ、次のステップ S455へ移る。 [0189] また、一方、上記ステップ S410の判定で何らかの応答信号が受信されず (通過動 作を検知しておらず)判定が満たされな!/、場合、または上記ステップ S435の判定で 通過可否情報に基づいて人物 106が M番目の管理ゲート 103を通過できるよう設定 されており判定が満たされる場合、報知処理を行わずにステップ S455へ移る。 In step S450, the person permission tag Gkj that stores the person permission tag ID detected in step S410 based on the passage permission information acquired in step S445 above is passed through the Mth management gate 103. It is determined whether or not it is allowed. If the person permission tag Gkj does not permit passage through the Mth management gate 103 based on the passage permission information, the judgment is not satisfied, that is, the person 106 who tries to pass through the Mth management gate 103 enters. It is assumed that it is trying to enter a management target area that cannot be managed, and that it is not specifically permitted. In step S425, notification processing is performed, and this flow is terminated. On the other hand, if the person permission tag Gkj permits the passage through the Mth management gate 103, the determination is satisfied, that is, the Mth management gate 103 is appropriately monitored by the Mth reader 107 monitoring. It is considered that a proper passing operation has been performed, and the process proceeds to the next step S455. [0189] On the other hand, if any response signal is not received in the determination in step S410 (passing operation is not detected), or the determination is not satisfied! If it is set that the person 106 can pass through the Mth management gate 103 based on the information and the determination is satisfied, the process proceeds to step S455 without performing the notification process.
[0190] ステップ S455では、全てのリーダ 107により上記の監視処理を行ったか否力、つま り特定変数 Mが最大値 (この例では 7)になっているか否かを判定する。まだ全てのリ ーダ 107により監視処理を行って ヽな ヽ(特定変数 Mが最大値 = 7となって ヽな 、) 場合、判定が満たされず、ステップ S460で特定変数 Mに 1を加算してからステップ S 410〖こ戻り、同様の探索ループの手順を繰り返す。一方、全てのリーダ 107による監 視処理を一通り行った場合は判定が満たされ、次のステップ S465へ移る。  [0190] In step S455, it is determined whether or not the above monitoring process has been performed by all the readers 107, that is, whether or not the specific variable M is the maximum value (7 in this example). If the monitoring process is still performed by all the readers 107 (if the specific variable M is the maximum value = 7), the judgment is not satisfied, and 1 is added to the specific variable M in step S460. Then go back to step S410 and repeat the same search loop procedure. On the other hand, if the monitoring process by all the readers 107 is performed in a single line, the determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to the next Step S465.
[0191] ステップ S465では、端末 108の操作部 133においてこのフローを終了させる操作 力 されたか否かを判定する。終了操作がなされていない場合、判定が満たされず、 ステップ S405に戻りこのフローを最初力 繰り返す。一方、終了操作がなされていた 場合、判定が満たされ、このフローを終了する。  [0191] In step S465, it is determined whether or not the operating unit 133 of the terminal 108 has been operated to end this flow. If the end operation has not been performed, the determination is not satisfied, and the flow returns to step S405 to repeat this flow for the first time. On the other hand, if the end operation has been performed, the determination is satisfied, and this flow ends.
[0192] なお、上記ステップ S425の報知処理について、具体的には、例えば端末 108に制 御信号を出力してブザー 136を鳴動させるとともに表示部 134に適宜の報知表示を 行わせ、管理者に対し人物 106の通過動作の異常を報知する。なおこの際に、各タ グ IDを検出している場合には、そのタグ IDに対応する人物 106の氏名等をデータべ ース 123から検索し、入ろうしている管理ゲート 103 (M番目の管理ゲート 103)ととも に端末 108の表示部 134に表示させてもよい。  [0192] Note that, regarding the notification process in step S425, specifically, for example, a control signal is output to the terminal 108 to cause the buzzer 136 to ring and the display unit 134 to perform appropriate notification display, thereby allowing the administrator to In contrast, the abnormality of the passing motion of the person 106 is notified. At this time, if each tag ID is detected, the name of the person 106 corresponding to the tag ID is searched from the database 123, and the management gate 103 (Mth The information may be displayed on the display unit 134 of the terminal 108 together with the management gate 103).
[0193] また、特に詳しく説明しないが、本実施形態におけるタグラベル作成装置 110も上 記第 1実施形態におけるタグラベル作成部 11と同様の制御により、人物タグラベル T j及び人物許可タグラベル Tkjを作成する。つまり、本実施形態の管理サーバ 109が 備える CPU121が、上記図 11及び図 12に記載のフローと同等の制御手順を行うこ とで人物タグラベル Tjと人物許可タグラベル Tkjを作成する。この場合には、商品品 目に代わって人物 106の氏名が用いられ、物品タグ IDに代わって人物タグ IDが用 いられ、変更タグ IDに代わって人物許可タグ IDが用いられ、定価印字情報に代わつ て人物印字情報と通過可否印字情報が用いられ、値引印字情報に代わって通過許 可印字情報が用いられる。また、図 11のステップ S205と図 12のステップ S305では それぞれ端末 108の操作部 133から人物 106の氏名(及び所属)が入力される。 [0193] Although not specifically described in detail, the tag label creating apparatus 110 in the present embodiment also creates the person tag label Tj and the person permission tag label Tkj by the same control as the tag label creating unit 11 in the first embodiment. That is, the CPU 121 included in the management server 109 of the present embodiment creates the person tag label Tj and the person permission tag label Tkj by performing a control procedure equivalent to the flow described in FIG. 11 and FIG. In this case, the name of person 106 is used in place of the product item, the person tag ID is used in place of the article tag ID, and the person permission tag ID is used in place of the change tag ID. The person print information and pass / fail print information are used instead, and the pass permission is used instead of the discount print information. Printable information is used. Further, in step S205 in FIG. 11 and step S305 in FIG. 12, the name (and affiliation) of the person 106 is input from the operation unit 133 of the terminal 108, respectively.
[0194] 以上において、図 21のフローにおけるステップ S410、ステップ S430、及びステツ プ S445が各請求項記載の情報取得手段に相当し、図 21のフローにおけるステップ S450が変更処理手段に相当する。  In the above, step S410, step S430, and step S445 in the flow of FIG. 21 correspond to the information acquisition means described in each claim, and step S450 in the flow of FIG. 21 corresponds to the change processing means.
[0195] 以上説明したように、本実施形態においては、人物許可タグラベル Tkjに備えられ ている無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150に、その人物許可タグラベル Tkjを所持 する人物 106に係わる通過可否情報を管理サーバ 109内だけで変更処理するため の通過許可情報に対応する人物許可タグ IDが記憶保持されている(なお、通過許可 情報自体を IC回路部 150に書き込んで記憶保持させるようにしてもよい)。  [0195] As described above, in this embodiment, whether or not the person 106 having the person permission tag label Tkj can pass through the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To provided in the person permission tag label Tkj. The person permission tag ID corresponding to the passage permission information for changing the information only within the management server 109 is stored and retained (the passage permission information itself is written in the IC circuit unit 150 and stored and retained. May be good).
[0196] そして、管理サーバ 109及び各リーダ 107は、人物タグラベル Tjに備えられている 無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150に記憶保持された人物タグ IDに基づいて当 該人物タグラベル Tjを所持する人物 106に係わる通過可否情報を取得するとともに 、人物許可タグラベル Tkjの無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150に記憶保持され て 、る上記人物許可タグ IDに基づ 、て通過許可情報を取得する制御手順(図 21の フローにおけるステップ S410、ステップ S430及びステップ S445)を行い、取得した 通過許可情報を用いて通過可否情報を変更処理する制御手順(図 21のフローにお けるステップ S450)を行う。  [0196] Then, the management server 109 and each reader 107 possess the person tag label Tj based on the person tag ID stored and held in the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To included in the person tag label Tj. The passage permission information related to the person 106 to be acquired is acquired, and the passage permission information is acquired based on the person permission tag ID stored in the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID tag circuit element To of the person permission tag label Tkj. Control procedure (step S410, step S430 and step S445 in the flow of FIG. 21), and the control procedure (step S450 in the flow of FIG. 21) for changing the passage permission information using the acquired passage permission information is performed. Do.
[0197] これにより、もともとの人物タグ IDに対応してデータベース 123内に記憶されている 通過可否情報自体は維持したまま修正する必要がないので、データベース 123内の 通過可否情報を修正した後に再度元に戻す場合のような煩わしさやデータベース 1 23を操作するための高度の知識を必要とせず、一般ユーザが容易かつ簡便な方法 で実質的に通過可否情報の変更を行うことができる。  [0197] Thus, since it is not necessary to modify the passability information stored in the database 123 corresponding to the original person tag ID, it is not necessary to modify the passability information in the database 123. The general user can change the pass / fail information substantially in an easy and simple manner without requiring the troublesomeness of returning to the original state and the advanced knowledge for operating the database 123.
[0198] なお、本実施形態では、通過許可情報として 3階 B室以外に入ることを許可すると いったように人物 106の移動制限を部分的に解除するものであつたが、本発明はそ れに限られず、全ての管理ゲート 103での通過を許可して移動制限を全て解除する ようにしてもよい。また、人物許可タグラベル Tkjに通過許可情報そのものを記憶させ てもよい。 [0199] また、本実施形態においても上記第 1実施形態の 2つの変形例と同様な変形が可 能である。すなわち、上記第 1実施形態の変形例(1— 1)にならつて、人物許可タグ ラベル Tkjに人物許可タグ IDと併せて人物 106の識別情報としての人物タグ IDを記 憶させてもよぐこの場合にはリーダ 107により人物タグラベル Tj力も第 1人物タグ ID が検出され、人物許可タグラベル Tkj力も第 2人物タグ IDと人物許可タグ IDが検出さ れる。そして、特に図示しないが、上記図 21のフローにおけるステップ S445の後で 第 1人物タグ IDと第 2人物タグ IDがー致する力否かの照合判定を行い、一致する場 合は次のステップ S450へ移り、一致しない場合に報知処理を行うようにする。 [0198] In the present embodiment, the movement restriction of the person 106 is partially released, such as permitting entry other than the 3rd floor B room as the passage permission information. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and all the movement restrictions may be released by allowing the passage through all the management gates 103. Further, the passage permission information itself may be stored in the person permission tag label Tkj. [0199] Also in this embodiment, modifications similar to the two modifications of the first embodiment are possible. That is, according to the modification (1-1) of the first embodiment, the person tag ID as identification information of the person 106 may be stored in the person permission tag label Tkj together with the person permission tag ID. In this case, the reader 107 detects the first person tag ID as the person tag label Tj force, and the person permission tag label Tkj force detects the second person tag ID and the person permission tag ID. Although not particularly shown, after step S445 in the flow of FIG. 21, a collation determination is made as to whether the first person tag ID and the second person tag ID match, and if they match, the next step The process proceeds to S450, and a notification process is performed when they do not match.
[0200] これにより、ユーザが誤って人物許可タグラベル Tkjの変更対象として想定されて V、な 、人物 106の通過可否情報を取得し、人物許可タグラベル Tkjの通過許可情報 を用いて変更しょうとしたとき、第 1人物タグ IDと第 2人物タグ IDとの照合を行って本 来変更対象でな 、ことを何らかの形で確認したり、照合不適正の場合には変更不可 能としたり等の各種対応をとることができる。  [0200] As a result, the user is mistakenly assumed to be the person to change the person permission tag label Tkj, and V, N, and the person 106 pass / fail information are obtained, and the person permission tag label Tkj is used to change the pass permission information. The first person tag ID and the second person tag ID are collated to confirm that they are not subject to change in some way, and if the collation is inappropriate, the change cannot be made. You can take action.
[0201] また、上記第 1実施形態の変形例(1— 2)にならつて、人物許可タグラベル Tkjに人 物許可タグ IDと併せて通過可否情報を記憶させてもよぐこの場合にはリーダ 107に より人物タグラベル Tj力も人物タグ IDが検出され、人物許可タグラベル Tkjから第 2 通過可否情報と人物許可タグ IDが検出される。そして、特に図示しないが、上記図 2 1のフローにおけるステップ S445の後で人物タグ IDに対応して取得した第 1通過可 否情報と人物許可タグラベル Tkjから直接検出した第 2通過可否情報とがー致する か否かの照合判定を行い、一致する場合は次のステップ S450へ移り、一致しない場 合に報知処理を行うようにする。この場合も、上記と同様の効果を得る。  [0201] Further, according to the modification (1-2) of the first embodiment, the pass permission information may be stored in the person permission tag label Tkj together with the person permission tag ID. In 107, the person tag ID is also detected for the person tag label Tj force, and the second passage permission information and the person permission tag ID are detected from the person permission tag label Tkj. Although not particularly illustrated, the first passage permission information acquired corresponding to the person tag ID after step S445 in the flow of FIG. 21 and the second passage permission information directly detected from the person permission tag label Tkj are provided. -Check whether or not they match, and if they match, go to the next step S450, and perform notification processing if they do not match. In this case, the same effect as described above can be obtained.
[0202] なお、この第 2実施形態においても、その趣旨及び技術思想を逸脱しない範囲で 種々の変形が可能である。以下、そのような変形例を順を追って説明する。  [0202] Also in the second embodiment, various modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and technical idea of the second embodiment. Hereinafter, such modifications will be described in order.
[0203] (2— 1)物品を監視対象とする場合  [0203] (2-1) When monitoring articles
上記第 2実施形態では、管理対象の人物 106が監視対象として設定されていたが 、本発明はこれに限られず、管理対象の物品を監視対象として設定してもよい。  In the second embodiment, the management target person 106 is set as the monitoring target. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the management target article may be set as the monitoring target.
[0204] 図 22は、本変形例の監視システム 101の全体構成を概略的に示す図である。この 例では、通常の場合はビル 102内の所定の部屋のいずれかに保管されるべき書類 · 備品'プロジェクトファイル等、管理対象の物品 (対象物) 141が監視対象として設定 されており、各管理対象の全ての物品 141には物品タグ Gbが添付 (又は同梱等、何 らかの形で関連付けられていればよい)されている。さらに、上記物品 141のうちで所 定の物品 141には、所定の管理ゲート 103の通過を追加的に許可させる物品許可タ グ Gkb (図中では許可タグと省略)が添付されている。この物品許可タグ Gkbは、所 定の条件を満たして 、る場合などにある限定された期間にお 、て (又は一時的に)添 付されるちのである。 FIG. 22 is a diagram schematically showing the overall configuration of the monitoring system 101 of the present modification. In this example, documents that would normally be stored in one of the designated rooms in building 102 Equipments (objects) to be managed (objects) 141 such as equipment 'project files are set as monitoring targets, and the goods tag Gb is attached to all the articles 141 to be managed (or in some form such as bundled). As long as they are associated with each other). Further, among the above-mentioned articles 141, a predetermined article 141 is attached with an article permission tag Gkb (abbreviated as a permission tag in the drawing) that additionally permits passage through a predetermined management gate 103. This article permission tag Gkb is attached (or temporarily) for a limited period, such as when satisfying a predetermined condition.
[0205] 物品タグ Gbには上記第 2実施形態で使用した人物タグラベル Tjと同等の構成の物 品タグラベル Tbが貼付されており、その物品タグラベル Tbが備える無線タグ回路素 子 Toの IC回路部 150には、この物品タグ Gbが添付されている物品 141に対応した 識別情報である物品タグ IDが記憶されている。また、上記物品 141のうちで所定の 物品 141に添付されている物品許可タグ Gkbにも上記物品タグラベル Tbと同等の構 成の物品許可タグラベル Tkbが貼付されて 、る。この物品許可タグラベル Tkbの無 線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150には、この物品許可タグ Gkbが添付されている 間だけその物品 141の通過に関する制限を変更する(この例では、通過を追加的に 許可させる等の制限緩和を行う。なお、逆に制限を厳しくする制限強化でもよい)所 定の管理ゲート 103を記した通過許可情報に対応する物品許可タグ IDが記憶され ている。  [0205] The product tag label Tb having the same configuration as the person tag label Tj used in the second embodiment is affixed to the product tag Gb, and the IC circuit portion of the RFID circuit element To included in the product tag label Tb is provided. 150 stores an article tag ID which is identification information corresponding to the article 141 to which the article tag Gb is attached. In addition, the article permission tag label Tkb having the same configuration as the article tag label Tb is also attached to the article permission tag Gkb attached to the predetermined article 141 among the articles 141. In the IC circuit section 150 of the wireless tag circuit element To of the article permission tag label Tkb, the restriction on passage of the article 141 is changed only while the article permission tag Gkb is attached (in this example, passage is added. The product permission tag ID corresponding to the passage permission information describing the predetermined management gate 103 is stored.
[0206] 本変形例の監視システム 101は、物品タグ Gbが添付されている管理対象の物品 1 41に対してのみ監視し、それについて予め通過可否情報 (物品 141の移動制限態 様)に基づいて移動が制限されている管理対象区域への誤った入場を各管理ゲート 103で検知し、そのような不適切な管理ゲート 103の通過動作を入場管理の異常とし て管理者に報知するものである。そして、物品タグ Gbが添付されている物品 141にさ らに物品許可タグ Gkbが添付されている場合に限り、上記通過可否情報に基づく移 動の制限を通過許可情報 (物品 141の移動制限の解除情報)に基づいて一部又は 全部解除し、対応する管理ゲート 103での通過を許可する(あるいは前述のように制 限を強化し、通過を禁止するようにしてもょ 、;)ものである。  [0206] The monitoring system 101 of the present modification monitors only the management target article 141 to which the article tag Gb is attached, and preliminarily determines whether or not it can pass (the movement restriction state of the article 141). Each management gate 103 detects an erroneous entry to a controlled area where movement is restricted, and informs the administrator of such inappropriate passage through the management gate 103 as an entrance management abnormality. is there. Only when the article permission tag Gkb is attached to the article 141 to which the article tag Gb is attached, the movement restriction based on the passage permission information is limited to the passage permission information (the movement restriction of the article 141). Based on the release information) and permitting passage through the corresponding management gate 103 (or strengthening the restriction as described above and prohibiting passage); is there.
[0207] 本変形例におけるその他のハードウェア構成(リーダ 107、管理サーバ 109、端末 1 08、タグラベル作成装置 110)は、上記図 19に示した上記第 2実施形態のものと全く 同一であり、管理サーバ 109の CPU121が行う制御手順が少し異なるだけである。 以下、その制御手順について説明する。 [0207] Other hardware configurations in this modification (reader 107, management server 109, terminal 1 08, the tag label producing apparatus 110) is exactly the same as that of the second embodiment shown in FIG. 19, and the control procedure performed by the CPU 121 of the management server 109 is only slightly different. Hereinafter, the control procedure will be described.
[0208] 図 23は、本変形例において管理サーバ 109の CPU121によって実行される制御 手順を表すフローチャートであり、上記第 2実施形態における図 21に相当する図で ある。この図 23のフローは概略的に図 21のフローとほぼ同じであり、基本的には図 2 1のフローにおけるステップ S420に代えてステップ S420Aの手順を行う点が異なつ ている。なお、ステップ S430では物品タグ IDに対応する通過可否情報がデータべ ース 123から取得されており、ステップ S435では物品タグ IDの通過が可能であるか 判定されており、ステップ S440では物品許可タグ IDの検出が判定されており、ステツ プ S445では物品許可タグ IDに対応する通過許可情報がデータベース 123から取 得されており、ステップ S450では物品許可タグ IDの通過が許可されているか判定さ れている。以下、上記の相違する手順のみを説明する。  FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the CPU 121 of the management server 109 in this variation, and is a diagram corresponding to FIG. 21 in the second embodiment. The flow of FIG. 23 is roughly the same as the flow of FIG. 21, except that step S420A is performed instead of step S420 in the flow of FIG. In step S430, passability information corresponding to the article tag ID is acquired from the database 123. In step S435, it is determined whether or not the article tag ID can be passed. In step S440, the article permission tag is determined. In step S445, passage permission information corresponding to the article permission tag ID is obtained from the database 123, and in step S450, it is determined whether passage of the article permission tag ID is permitted. ing. Only the above-described different procedures will be described below.
[0209] 図 23において、ステップ S410で「Scroll All ID」信号に対し各タグ Gb, Gkbが発 信する全ての応答信号をリーダアンテナ 113で受信して通過判定を行った後にステ ップ S420Aへ移り、ステップ S410で検出したタグ Gb, Gkbからの応答信号に物品タ グ IDが含まれて 、るか否かを判定する。  [0209] In FIG. 23, all response signals transmitted by the tags Gb and Gkb for the “Scroll All ID” signal in step S410 are received by the reader antenna 113, and then passed to step S420A. Then, it is determined whether or not the article tag ID is included in the response signal from the tags Gb and Gkb detected in step S410.
[0210] この例では、ビル 102内の各管理対象区域に保管してある多くの物品 141のうち、 保安管理のために移動制限が設定されている管理対象の物品 141にだけ物品タグ Gbが添付されており、この物品タグ Gbが添付されていない管理対象外の物品 141 に対しては監視する必要がない。したがって、物品タグ IDが検出されていない場合、 判定が満たされず、すなわち M番目の管理ゲート 103を通過している物品 141 (また は人物 106)に対しては監視する必要がないとみなしてステップ S455へ移る。一方、 物品タグ IDが検出されている場合には、判定が満たされ、すなわち M番目の管理ゲ ート 103に管理対象の物品 141が通過しているものとみなして次のステップ S430へ 移る。他の手順については、図 21と同様であり、説明を省略する。  [0210] In this example, among the many articles 141 stored in each managed area in the building 102, the article tag Gb is attached only to the managed article 141 for which movement restrictions are set for security management. There is no need to monitor unmanaged items 141 that are attached and do not have this item tag Gb attached. Therefore, if the article tag ID is not detected, the determination is not satisfied, that is, the article 141 (or person 106) passing through the Mth management gate 103 is deemed unnecessary to be monitored. Move on to S455. On the other hand, if the article tag ID is detected, the determination is satisfied, that is, the article 141 to be managed passes through the Mth management gate 103, and the process proceeds to the next step S430. Other procedures are the same as those in FIG. 21, and a description thereof will be omitted.
[0211] また、特に詳しく説明しないが、本変形例におけるタグラベル作成装置 110も上記 第 1実施形態におけるタグラベル作成部 11と同様の制御により、物品タグラベル Tb 及び物品許可タグラベル Tkbを作成する。つまり、本変形例の管理サーバ 109が備 える CPU121が、上記図 11及び図 12に記載のフローと同等の制御手順を行うこと で物品タグラベル Tbと物品許可タグラベル Tkbを作成する。この場合には、商品品 目に代わって物品 141の名称が用いられ、変更タグ IDに代わって物品許可タグ ID が用いられ、定価印字情報 Rbに代わって物品印字情報 (例えば物品 141の名称な ど)と通過可否印字情報が用いられ、値引印字情報 Rhに代わって通過許可印字情 報が用いられる。 [0211] Although not specifically described in detail, the tag label producing device 110 according to the present modification is also controlled by the same control as the tag label producing unit 11 according to the first embodiment. And an article permission tag label Tkb. That is, the CPU 121 provided in the management server 109 of the present modification creates the article tag label Tb and the article permission tag label Tkb by performing a control procedure equivalent to the flow described in FIG. 11 and FIG. In this case, the name of the article 141 is used in place of the product item, the article permission tag ID is used in place of the change tag ID, and the article printing information (for example, the name of the article 141 is used in place of the regular price printing information Rb). And pass / fail print information is used, and pass permission print information is used instead of discount print information Rh.
[0212] また、図 11のステップ S205と図 12のステップ S305ではそれぞれ端末 108の操作 部 133から物品 141の名称が入力される。また、作成される物品タグラベル Tbと物品 許可タグラベル Tkbの外観については、特に図示しないが、上記第 2実施形態で作 成される図 20 (a)、図 20 (b)で示した人物タグラベル Tjと人物許可タグラベル Tkjと それぞれほぼ同じ外観で印字され、図 20 (a)の人物タグラベル Tjにおける人物印字 領域 Ajの代わりに物品印字情報が印字される物品印字領域が設けられる点で異な る。  [0212] Further, in step S205 in FIG. 11 and step S305 in FIG. 12, the name of the article 141 is input from the operation unit 133 of the terminal 108, respectively. The appearance of the created article tag label Tb and the article permission tag label Tkb is not particularly shown, but the person tag label Tj shown in FIGS. 20 (a) and 20 (b) created in the second embodiment is used. And the person permission tag label Tkj are printed with almost the same appearance, and an article printing area in which article printing information is printed is provided instead of the person printing area Aj in the person tag label Tj in FIG. 20 (a).
[0213] 以上のように構成した本変形例にぉ ヽては、物品許可タグラベル Tkbの変更対象 として予め想定された物品 141に係わる物品タグラベル Tbの無線タグ回路素子 To の物品タグ IDをリーダ 107及び管理サーバ 109が読み取り、管理サーバ 109がこの 物品タグ IDに対応する通過可否情報をデータベース 123から取得する一方で、物 品許可タグラベル Tkbに対しても物品許可タグ IDの読み取りを行ってこれに基づき 通過許可情報をデータベース 123から取得することで、上記取得された通過可否情 報を管理サーバ 109内だけで通過許可情報により変更処理することができ。  [0213] For the present variation configured as described above, the article tag ID of the RFID circuit element To of the article tag label Tb related to the article 141 presumed to be changed of the article permission tag label Tkb is read by the reader 107. And the management server 109 obtains the pass / fail information corresponding to the product tag ID from the database 123, while reading the product permission tag ID for the product permission tag label Tkb. Based on the acquisition of the passage permission information from the database 123, the acquired passage permission information can be changed by the passage permission information only in the management server 109.
[0214] したがって、もともとの物品タグ IDに対応してデータベース 123内に記憶されている 通過可否情報自体は維持したまま修正する必要がないので、データベース 123内の 通過可否情報を修正した後に再度元に戻す場合のような煩わしさやデータベース 1 23を操作するための高度の知識を必要とせず、一般ユーザが容易かつ簡便な方法 で実質的に通過可否情報の変更を行うことができる。  [0214] Therefore, since it is not necessary to modify the passability information stored in the database 123 corresponding to the original article tag ID, it is not necessary to modify the original information. Therefore, the general user can change the pass / fail information substantially in an easy and simple manner without the need for bothersomeness and the need for advanced knowledge for operating the database 123.
[0215] なお、本変形例においても上記第 1実施形態の 2つの変形例と同様な変形が可能 である。 [0216] 例えば、上記第 1実施形態の変形例(1— 2)にならう場合には、物品許可タグラベ ル Tkbに物品許可タグ IDと併せて通過可否情報を記憶させてもよぐこの場合にはリ ーダ 107により物品タグラベル Tb力も物品タグ IDが検出され、物品許可タグラベル T kb力も第 2通過可否情報と物品許可タグ IDが検出される。そして、特に図示しないが 、上記図 23のフローにおけるステップ S445の後で物品タグ IDに対応して取得した 第 1通過可否情報と物品許可タグラベル Tkbから直接検出した第 2通過可否情報と がー致する力否かの照合判定を行い、一致する場合は次のステップ S450へ移り、 一致しない場合に報知処理を行うようにする。この場合も、上記と同様の効果を得る。 [0215] Note that this modification can be modified in the same manner as the two modifications of the first embodiment. [0216] For example, in the case of following the modification (1-2) of the first embodiment, the article permission tag label Tkb may store the passage permission information together with the article permission tag ID. In addition, the product tag label Tb force and the product tag ID are detected by the reader 107, and the product permission tag label Tkb force is also detected as the second passage permission information and the product permission tag ID. Although not particularly illustrated, the first passage permission information acquired in correspondence with the article tag ID after step S445 in the flow of FIG. 23 matches the second passage permission information directly detected from the article permission tag label Tkb. A collation determination is made as to whether or not the power is correct. If they match, the process proceeds to the next step S450, and if they do not match, a notification process is performed. In this case, the same effect as described above can be obtained.
[0217] (2— 2)人物と物品とが監視対象として設定されている場合  [0217] (2-2) When a person and an article are set as monitoring targets
さらに、管理対象の人物 106と管理対象の物品 141とを組み合わせて監視対象に 設定してちょい。  In addition, the person 106 to be managed and the article 141 to be managed are combined and set as the monitoring target.
[0218] 本変形例は、上記第 2実施形態とその変形例(2— 1)とを組み合わせて人物 106に よる物品 141の持ち出し '持ち込みを監視する変形例であり、人物タグ Gj、人物許可 タグ Gkj、物品タグ Gb及び物品許可タグ Gkbを含めたハードウェア構成は、上記図 1 9に示した上記第 2実施形態のもの及び上記図 22に示した変形例のものと全く同一 であり、管理サーバ 109の CPU121が行う制御手順が少し異なるだけである。以下、 その制御手順にっ 、て説明する。  [0218] This modified example is a modified example of monitoring the carry-out of the article 141 by the person 106 by combining the second embodiment and the modified example (2-1). The person tag Gj, the person permission The hardware configuration including the tag Gkj, the article tag Gb, and the article permission tag Gkb is exactly the same as that of the second embodiment shown in FIG. 19 and the modified example shown in FIG. The control procedure performed by the CPU 121 of the management server 109 is only slightly different. The control procedure will be described below.
[0219] 図 24は、本変形例において管理サーバ 109の CPU121によって実行される制御 手順を表すフローチャートである。この図 24のフローは概略的には図 21のフローと ほぼ同じであり、基本的には図 21のフローにおけるステップ S420とステップ S430〜 ステップ S450の手順力もなる人物監視処理(図中ではステップ S600として省略して 示す)の後にステップ S 700の物品監視処理を併せて行う点が異なっている。他の手 順については、図 21と同様であり、説明を省略する。  FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by CPU 121 of management server 109 in this modification. The flow of FIG. 24 is roughly the same as the flow of FIG. 21, and basically the person monitoring process (step S600 in the figure) also has the procedure power of steps S420 and S430 to S450 in the flow of FIG. This is different in that the article monitoring process in step S 700 is also performed after the abbreviation. The other procedures are the same as those in FIG.
[0220] 図 25は、管理サーバ 109の CPU121が上記図 24中のステップ S600において実 行する人物監視処理の詳細手順を表すフローチャートである。この図 25のフローは 、図 21のフローにおけるステップ S420とステップ S430〜ステップ S450の手順と同 じであり、ステップ S620で判定が満たされない場合、ステップ S640で判定が満たさ れな 、場合、及びステップ S650で判定が満たされな 、場合には上記図 24における ステップ S525の報知処理へ移る。また、ステップ S635で判定が満たされる場合、上 記図 24におけるステップ S 700の物品監視処理へ移る。 FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing the detailed procedure of the person monitoring process executed by CPU 121 of management server 109 in step S600 in FIG. The flow of FIG. 25 is the same as the procedure of step S420 and step S430 to step S450 in the flow of FIG. 21, and if the determination is not satisfied in step S620, the determination is not satisfied in step S640, and the step If the determination at S650 is not satisfied, The process proceeds to notification processing in step S525. If the determination is satisfied in step S635, the process proceeds to the article monitoring process in step S700 in FIG.
[0221] 図 26は、管理サーバ 109の CPU121が上記図 24中のステップ S700において実 行する物品監視処理の詳細手順を表すフローチャートである。この図 26のフローは 、図 21のフローにおけるステップ S420Aとステップ S430〜ステップ S450の手順と 同じであり、ステップ S720では物品タグ IDの検出が判定されており、ステップ S730 では物品タグ IDに対応する通過可否情報がデータベース 123から取得されており、 ステップ S735では物品タグ IDの通過が可能であるか判定されており、ステップ S74 0では物品許可タグ IDの検出が判定されており、ステップ S 745では物品許可タグ ID に対応する通過許可情報がデータベース 123から取得されており、ステップ S750で は物品許可タグ IDの通過が許可されて 、る力判定されて 、る。  FIG. 26 is a flowchart showing the detailed procedure of the article monitoring process executed by CPU 121 of management server 109 in step S700 in FIG. The flow of FIG. 26 is the same as the procedure of step S420A and steps S430 to S450 in the flow of FIG. 21. In step S720, the detection of the item tag ID is determined, and in step S730, the item tag ID is detected. Passability information is acquired from the database 123. In step S735, it is determined whether the article tag ID can be passed. In step S740, it is determined that the article permission tag ID is detected. In step S745, The passage permission information corresponding to the article permission tag ID is acquired from the database 123, and in step S750, the passage of the article permission tag ID is permitted.
[0222] そしてステップ S740で判定が満たされな!/、場合、及びステップ S750で判定が満 たされない場合には上記図 24におけるステップ S525の報知処理へ移る。また、ステ ップ S720で判定が満たされな 、場合、及びステップ S735で判定が満たされる場合 、上記図 24におけるステップ S 555へ移る。  [0222] If the determination is not satisfied in step S740! /, And if the determination is not satisfied in step S750, the process proceeds to the notification process in step S525 in FIG. If the determination is not satisfied in step S720, and if the determination is satisfied in step S735, the process proceeds to step S555 in FIG.
[0223] また、特に詳しく説明しないが、本変形例におけるタグラベル作成装置 110も上記 第 1実施形態におけるタグラベル作成部 11と同様の制御により、人物タグラベル Tj、 人物許可タグラベル Tkj、物品タグラベル Tb及び物品許可タグラベル Tkbを作成す る。  [0223] Although not specifically described in detail, the tag label producing apparatus 110 in the present modification is also controlled by the same control as the tag label producing unit 11 in the first embodiment, and the person tag label Tj, the person permission tag label Tkj, the article tag label Tb, and the article Create permission tag label Tkb.
[0224] 以上において、人物タグ IDと物品タグ IDにそれぞれ対応する通過可否情報力 人 物 106による物品 141の持ち出し '持ち込み制限態様に相当する。また、人物許可タ グ IDと物品許可タグ IDにそれぞれ対応する通過許可情報力 人物 106による物品 1 41の持ち出し ·持ち込み制限の解除情報に相当する。  [0224] In the above, the passability information power corresponding to the person tag ID and the article tag ID, respectively, the take-out of the article 141 by the person 106 is equivalent to the carry-in restriction mode. Also, this is equivalent to information for canceling restrictions on taking-out / carrying-out of articles 144 by person 106 corresponding to the person permission tag ID and the article permission tag ID.
[0225] 以上のように構成した本変形例においては、上記第 2実施形態と(2— 1)の変形例 のそれぞれの効果を併せて得ることができる。すなわち、もともとの人物タグ ID及び 物品タグ IDにそれぞれ対応してデータベース 123内に記憶されている通過可否情 報自体は維持したまま修正する必要がないので、データベース 123内の通過可否情 報を修正した後に再度元に戻す場合のような煩わしさやデータベース 123を操作す るための高度の知識を必要とせず、一般ユーザが容易かつ簡便な方法で実質的に 通過可否情報の変更を行うことができる。 [0225] In this modified example configured as described above, the effects of the second embodiment and the modified example of (2-1) can be obtained together. In other words, it is not necessary to modify the pass / fail information stored in the database 123 corresponding to the original person tag ID and article tag ID, so the pass / fail information in the database 123 is corrected. And operating the database 123 as if it were to be restored again Therefore, a general user can substantially change the pass / fail information by an easy and simple method.
[0226] なお、本変形例においても上記第 1実施形態の 2つの変形例と同様な変形が可能 である。  [0226] It should be noted that this modification can be modified in the same way as the two modifications of the first embodiment.
[0227] また、上記においては、管理対象である人物 106と管理対象である物品 141とを、 それぞれ別のタグ、すなわち人物タグ Gj、人物許可タグ Gkj、物品タグ Gb及び物品 許可タグ Gkbを用いて監視するようにした力 これに限られず、 1つのタグ (例えば人 物タグ Gj ' )にまとめて監視するようにしてもよい。この場合、人物タグラベル Tj,には 人物 IDとその通過可否情報、及び物品 IDとその通過可否情報を記憶させ、人物許 可タグラベル Tkj 'には人物許可 IDと物品許可 IDを記憶させる。  [0227] Also, in the above, the person 106 to be managed and the article 141 to be managed are respectively used different tags, that is, the person tag Gj, the person permission tag Gkj, the article tag Gb, and the article permission tag Gkb. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a single tag (for example, a human tag Gj ′) may be used for monitoring. In this case, the person tag label Tj stores the person ID and its passability information, and the article ID and its passability information, and the person permission tag label Tkj ′ stores the person permission ID and the article permission ID.
[0228] さらに、これらの場合においても上記第 1実施形態の 2つの変形例と同様な変形が 可能である。  [0228] Further, in these cases, modifications similar to the two modifications of the first embodiment are possible.
[0229] 例えば、上記第 1実施形態の変形例(1 1)にならう場合には、人物許可タグラベ ル Tkj 'に人物許可タグ ID及び物品許可タグ IDと併せて人物 106の識別情報として の人物タグ ID及び物品 141の識別情報としての物品タグ IDを記憶させてもよぐこの 場合にはリーダ 107により人物タグラベル Tj 'から第 1人物タグ ID及び第 1物品タグ I Dが検出され、人物許可タグラベル Tkj '力ゝら第 2人物タグ IDと人物許可タグ ID及び 第 2物品タグ IDと物品許可タグ IDが検出される。そして、第 1人物タグ ID及び第 1物 品タグ IDと第 2人物タグ ID及び第 2物品タグ IDがー致する力否かの照合判定を行い 、一致する場合は次のステップへ移り、一致しない場合に報知処理を行うようにする。  [0229] For example, in the case of following the modification (11) of the first embodiment, the person permission tag label Tkj 'is used as the identification information of the person 106 together with the person permission tag ID and the article permission tag ID. The person tag ID and the article tag ID as identification information of the article 141 may be stored. In this case, the reader 107 detects the first person tag ID and the first article tag ID from the person tag label Tj ′, and permits the person. Tag label Tkj 'Tatsumi et al. Detects the second person tag ID and person permission tag ID, and the second article tag ID and article permission tag ID. Then, the first person tag ID, the first product tag ID, the second person tag ID, and the second article tag ID are checked for matching. If they match, the process moves to the next step. If not, the notification process is performed.
[0230] また例えば、上記第 1実施形態の変形例(1 2)にならう場合には、人物許可タグ ラベル Tkj 'に人物許可タグ ID及び物品許可タグ IDと併せてそれらの通過可否情報 をそれぞれ記憶させてもよぐこの場合にはリーダ 107により人物タグラベル Tj 'から 人物タグ ID及び物品タグ IDが検出され、人物許可タグラベル Tkj 'から上記第 2通過 可否情報と人物許可タグ ID及び物品許可タグ IDが検出される。そして、人物タグ ID に対応して取得した第 1通過可否情報と人物許可タグラベル Tkj 'カゝら直接検出した 第 2通過可否情報とがー致するか否かの照合判定を行 ヽ、一致する場合は次のステ ップへ移り、一致しない場合に報知処理を行うようにする。この場合も、上記と同様の 効果を得る。 [0230] Also, for example, in the case of following the modification (12) of the first embodiment, the person permission tag label Tkj 'includes the person permission tag ID and the article permission tag ID together with the passage permission information. In this case, the reader 107 detects the person tag ID and the article tag ID from the person tag label Tj ′, and the second permission information, the person permission tag ID and the article permission from the person permission tag label Tkj ′. Tag ID is detected. Then, the first pass permission information acquired corresponding to the person tag ID matches the second permission information directly detected by the person permission tag label Tkj 'and matches. If this is the case, move to the next step, and if it does not match, perform notification processing. In this case, the same as above Get the effect.
[0231] また、上記のタグラベル作成部 11及びタグラベル作成装置 110にお 、て、無線タ グ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 155へ情報書き込みを行うと共に、印字ヘッド 10によって その無線タグ回路素子 Toを識別するための印字を行うものにも限られない。この印 字は必ずしも行われなくともよ 、。  [0231] Further, in the above-described tag label producing unit 11 and tag label producing apparatus 110, information is written to the IC circuit unit 155 of the wireless tag circuit element To, and the RFID circuit element To is printed by the print head 10. The invention is not limited to printing for identification. This printing is not necessarily done.
[0232] なお、以上で用いた「Scroll All ID」信号等は、 EPC globalが策定した仕様に準 拠しているものである力 他の規格に準拠した信号でも、同様の機能を果たすもので あればよい。  [0232] Note that the "Scroll All ID" signal used in the above is a signal that conforms to the specifications established by EPC global. I just need it.
[0233] また、以上においては、変更対象として予め想定された商品 2に係わるタグラベル T b (対象用無線タグ)の無線タグ回路素子 To (対象用無線タグ回路素子)のタグ識別 情報をレジスタ 3の無線タグ情報読み取り装置としての機能で読み取り、リンク付けを もとに対応する対象物情報をデータベース 6から取得する一方で、タグラベル Th(変 更用無線タグ)の無線タグ回路素子 To (変更用無線タグ回路素子)に対しても読み 取りを行ってこれに基づき変更化情報を取得することで、上記取得された対象物情 報の全部又は一部を変更処理する(読み出した後に変更 ·修正して認識する)ように したが、これに限られない。すなわち、対象物情報を無線タグ以外の無線通信で読 み取り可能な他の記憶媒体又は他の態様の情報、例えばバーコード情報として記憶 させ、これを変更するようにしてもよい。  [0233] Also, in the above, the tag identification information of the RFID tag circuit element To (target radio tag circuit element) of the tag label Tb (target radio tag) related to the product 2 assumed in advance as the change target is stored in the register 3 The target tag information is read from the database 6 and the corresponding tag information is obtained from the database 6 based on the link function. The RFID tag circuit element) is also read and the change information is acquired based on the read-out, so that all or part of the acquired object information is changed (changed / corrected after reading). But it is not limited to this. That is, the object information may be stored as other storage media that can be read by wireless communication other than the wireless tag or information of other aspects, for example, barcode information, and may be changed.
[0234] この場合、変更対象として予め想定された対象物に係わるバーコード情報等の情 報をバーコードスキャナ等(レジスタ 3に備えられていてもよいし、レジスタ 3に対しネッ トワーク NWを介し接続されていてもよい)で読み取り、予め設定されたリンク付けをも とに対応する対象物情報をデータベース 6から取得する一方で、タグラベル Th (変更 用無線タグ)の無線タグ回路素子 To (変更用無線タグ回路素子)に対しても読み取り を行ってこれに基づき上記変更化情報を取得することで、上記取得された対象物情 報の全部又は一部を変更処理する(読み出した後に変更 ·修正して認識する)ように すればよい。この場合も、上記同様、もともとのバーコード情報等にリンクされたデー タベース 6内の対象物情報自体は維持したまま修正する必要がな 、ので、上記実施 形態と同様、データベース 6内の対象物情報を修正した後に再度元に戻す場合のよ うな煩わしさや高度の知識を必要とせず、一般ユーザが容易かつ簡便な方法で実質 的に対象物情報の内容の変更を行うことができる。 [0234] In this case, information such as barcode information related to the object assumed in advance as a change target is stored in a barcode scanner or the like (register 3 may be provided, or register 3 may be provided via network NW. The target object information is acquired from the database 6 based on the preset link, and the tag circuit element To (change) of the tag label Th (RF tag for change) is obtained. The wireless tag circuit element) is also read and the modified information is acquired based on the read, so that all or part of the acquired object information is changed (changed after reading). (Revise and recognize). In this case as well, the object information in the database 6 linked to the original barcode information or the like does not need to be corrected while maintaining the object as in the above embodiment. If you want to restore the information again after correcting it The general user can substantially change the content of the object information by an easy and simple method without the need for such annoyance or advanced knowledge.
[0235] さらに、以上既に述べた以外にも、上記各実施形態や各変形例による手法を適宜 組み合わせて利用しても良!、。  [0235] Further, in addition to those already described above, the methods according to the above embodiments and modifications may be used in appropriate combination!
[0236] その他、一々例示はしないが、本発明は、その趣旨を逸脱しない範囲内において、 種々の変更が加えられて実施されるものである。 [0236] Although not illustrated one by one, the present invention is implemented with various modifications within the scope not departing from the gist thereof.
図面の簡単な説明  Brief Description of Drawings
[0237] [図 1]本発明の第 1実施形態の会計システムの全体概略を表すシステム構成図であ る。  FIG. 1 is a system configuration diagram showing an overall outline of an accounting system according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
[図 2]会計システムの概略を表すシステム構成図である。  FIG. 2 is a system configuration diagram showing an outline of an accounting system.
[図 3]レジスタにおける CPU、 RF通信制御部、及び平面アンテナの詳細構成を表す 機能ブロック図である。  FIG. 3 is a functional block diagram showing a detailed configuration of a CPU, an RF communication control unit, and a planar antenna in a register.
圆 4]タグラベル作成部の概略構成を表す概念的説明図である。  圆 4] It is a conceptual explanatory diagram showing a schematic configuration of a tag label creating unit.
[図 5]各タグラベルに共通して備えられた無線タグ回路素子の機能的構成の一例を 表すブロック図である。  FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing an example of a functional configuration of an RFID tag circuit element provided in common for each tag label.
[図 6]定価タグラベルの全体概略構造の一例を表す上面図と、値引タグラベルの全 体概略構造の一例を表す上面図である。  FIG. 6 is a top view showing an example of the overall schematic structure of a fixed price tag label and a top view showing an example of the overall schematic structure of a discount tag label.
[図 7]商品に定価タグラベルだけが貼付されている場合の情報の処理と会計計算の 流れを概念的に表す図である。  [Fig. 7] A diagram conceptually showing the flow of information processing and accounting calculation when only a regular price tag label is attached to a product.
[図 8]第 1実施形態において商品に定価タグラベルと値引タグラベルが貼付されてい る場合の情報の処理と会計計算の流れを概念的に表す図である。  FIG. 8 is a diagram conceptually showing a flow of information processing and accounting calculation when a price tag label and a discount tag label are affixed to a product in the first embodiment.
[図 9]第 1実施形態においてレジスタの CPUにより実行される制御手順を表すフロー チャートである。  FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by a CPU of a register in the first embodiment.
[図 10]レジスタの CPUがステップ S100において実行する会計処理の詳細手順を表 すフローチャートである。  FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of accounting processing executed by the register CPU in step S100.
[図 11]レジスタの CPUがステップ S200において実行する定価タグラベル作成処理 の詳細手順を表すフローチャートである。  FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of a price tag label creation process executed by the register CPU in step S200.
[図 12]レジスタの CPUがステップ S300において実行する値引タグラベル作成処理 の詳細手順を表すフローチャートである。 [Figure 12] Discount tag label creation process executed by register CPU in step S300 It is a flowchart showing the detailed procedure.
圆 13]商品に定価タグラベルと値引金額情報を記憶させた値引タグラベルが貼付さ れている場合の情報の処理と会計計算の流れを概念的に表す図である。 圆 13] This is a diagram conceptually showing the flow of information processing and accounting calculation when a discount tag label storing price tag label and discount amount information is affixed to a product.
[図 14]物品タグ IDを記憶する定価タグラベルと物品タグ ID及び変更タグ IDを記憶す る値引タグラベルとが商品に貼付されている場合の情報の処理と会計計算の流れを 概念的に表す図である。 [Figure 14] conceptually shows the flow of information processing and accounting calculation when a fixed price tag label that stores product tag IDs and discount tag labels that store product tag IDs and change tag IDs are affixed to products FIG.
[図 15]値引タグラベルに物品タグ IDを記憶させる変形例でレジスタの CPUが実行す る会計処理の詳細手順を表すフローチャートである。  FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of the accounting process executed by the CPU of the register in a modification in which the article tag ID is stored in the discount tag label.
[図 16]物品タグ IDを記憶する定価タグラベルと定価金額情報及び変更タグ IDを記憶 する値引タグラベルとが商品に貼付されている場合の情報の処理と会計計算の流れ を概念的に表す図である。  [FIG. 16] A diagram conceptually showing the flow of information processing and accounting calculation when a fixed price tag label for storing an article tag ID, a fixed price information and a discount tag label for storing a change tag ID are attached to a product It is.
[図 17]値引タグラベルに定価金額情報を記憶させる変形例でレジスタの CPUが実行 する会計処理の詳細手順を表すフローチャートである。  FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of accounting processing executed by the CPU of the register in a modified example in which the list price information is stored in the discount tag label.
圆 18]本発明の第 2実施形態の監視システムの全体構成を概略的に示す図である。 [18] FIG. 18 is a diagram schematically showing an overall configuration of a monitoring system according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
[図 19]監視システムの概略を表すシステム構成図である。 FIG. 19 is a system configuration diagram showing an outline of a monitoring system.
圆 20]人物タグの全体概略構造の一例を表す上面図と、人物許可タグの全体概略 構造の一例を表す上面図である。 20] A top view showing an example of the overall schematic structure of the person tag and a top view showing an example of the overall schematic structure of the person permission tag.
[図 21]管理サーバの CPUによって実行される制御手順を表すフローチャートである  FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the CPU of the management server.
[図 22]物品が監視対象として設定されている変形例で無線タグ管理システムの全体 構成を概略的に示す図である。 FIG. 22 is a diagram schematically showing an entire configuration of a wireless tag management system in a modification in which articles are set as monitoring targets.
[図 23]物品が監視対象として設定されている変形例で管理サーバの CPUによって 実行される制御手順を表すフローチャートである。  FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the CPU of the management server in a modification in which articles are set as monitoring targets.
[図 24]人物と物品とが監視対象として設定されている変形例で管理サーバの CPUに よって実行される制御手順を表すフローチャートである。  FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the CPU of the management server in a modification in which a person and an article are set as monitoring targets.
[図 25]管理サーバの CPUが図 24中のステップ S600において実行する人物監視処 理の詳細手順を表すフローチャートである。  FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of person monitoring processing executed by the CPU of the management server in step S600 in FIG.
[図 26]管理サーバの CPUが図 24中のステップ S700において実行する物品監視処 理の詳細手順を表すフローチャートである。 [FIG. 26] The article monitoring process executed by the management server CPU in step S700 in FIG. It is a flowchart showing the detailed procedure of management.
符号の説明 Explanation of symbols
1 会計システム  1 Accounting system
2 商品 (対象物)  2 products (objects)
3 レジスタ  3 registers
4 平面アンテナ (読み取り装置側アンテナ) 4 Planar antenna (reader side antenna)
5 レジスタ本体 5 Register body
6 データベース  6 Database
11 タグラベル作成部(タグラベル作成装置) 11 Tag label generator (tag label generator)
14 操作部 (設定信号入力手段) 14 Operation section (Setting signal input means)
15 表示部(表示手段)  15 Display section (display means)
101 無線タグ管理システム  101 RFID tag management system
102 オフィスビル  102 office building
103 管理ゲート  103 Management gate
106 人物(対象物)  106 person (object)
107 リーダ (無線タグ情報読み取り装置) 107 Reader (Radio tag information reader)
108 端末 108 terminals
109 管理サーバ  109 Management server
110 タグラベル作成装置  110 Tag label making device
113 リーダアンテナ  113 Reader antenna
123 データベース  123 Database
133 操作部  133 Control section
134 表示部  134 Display
141 物品 (対象物)  141 Goods (objects)
150 IC回路部  150 IC circuit
151 アンテナ (タグ側アンテナ)  151 Antenna (Tag side antenna)
Ah 値引印字領域 (印字領域)  Ah Discount printing area (printing area)
Akj 通過許可印字領域 (印字領域) Gj 人物タグ Akj pass permission print area (print area) Gj person tag
Gb 物品タグ  Gb article tag
Gkj 人物許可タグ  Gkj person permission tag
Gkb 物品許可タグ  Gkb article permission tag
To 無線タグ回路素子  To RFID circuit element
Tb 定価タグラベル (無線タグ) Tb regular price tag label (wireless tag)
Th 値引タグラベル (無線タグ)Th discount tag label (wireless tag)
Tj 人物タグラベル (無線タグ)Tj Person tag label (wireless tag)
Tkj 人物許可タグラベル (無線タグ)Tkj Person permission tag label (wireless tag)
Tb 物品タグラベル (無線タグ)Tb Article tag label (wireless tag)
Tkb 物品許可タグラベル (無線タグ) Tkb Article permission tag label (wireless tag)

Claims

請求の範囲 The scope of the claims
[1] 情報を記憶する IC回路部(150)、及び、この IC回路部(150)に接続されるタグ側 アンテナ(151)を備えた変更用無線タグ回路素子 (To)を有する無線タグ (Th;Tkj; Tkb)であって、  [1] A wireless tag having an IC circuit unit (150) for storing information and a changing RFID circuit element (To) having a tag side antenna (151) connected to the IC circuit unit (150) ( Th; Tkj; Tkb)
前記変更用無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記 IC回路部(150)は、  The IC circuit part (150) of the RFID circuit element for change (To)
当該変更用無線タグ回路素子 (To)に対し予め想定された対象物(2; 106; 141) に係わる対象物情報の少なくとも一部を変更処理するための変更化情報又はこれに 対応する情報を、記憶保持することを特徴とする無線タグ。  Changed information for changing at least a part of the object information related to the object (2; 106; 141) assumed in advance for the RFID circuit element for change (To) or information corresponding thereto A wireless tag characterized by storing and holding.
[2] 請求項 1記載の無線タグ (Th;Tkj ;Tkb)において、 [2] In the wireless tag (Th; Tkj; Tkb) according to claim 1,
前記変更用無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記 IC回路部(150)は、前記予め想定され た対象物(2; 106; 141)に係わる対象用無線タグ回路素子 (To)に記憶されて 、る 前記対象物情報の少なくとも一部を変更処理するための前記変更化情報又はこれ に対応する情報を記憶保持することを特徴とする無線タグ (Th;Tkj; Tkb)。  The IC circuit unit (150) of the RFID circuit element for change (To) is stored in the RFID circuit element for object (To) related to the object (2; 106; 141) assumed in advance. The wireless tag (Th; Tkj; Tkb), characterized in that the modified information for changing at least a part of the object information or information corresponding thereto is stored and held.
[3] 請求項 2記載の無線タグ (Th ;Tkj; Tkb)にお 、て、 [3] In the wireless tag (Th; Tkj; Tkb) according to claim 2,
前記変更化情報の変更機能に関する情報が印字された印字領域 (Ah;Akj)を備 えることを特徴とする無線タグ (Th;Tkj; Tkb)。  A wireless tag (Th; Tkj; Tkb) comprising a print area (Ah; Akj) on which information relating to the change function of the change information is printed.
[4] 請求項 3記載の無線タグ (Th ;Tkj; Tkb)にお 、て、 [4] In the wireless tag (Th; Tkj; Tkb) according to claim 3,
前記変更用無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記 IC回路部(150)は、  The IC circuit part (150) of the RFID circuit element for change (To)
前記対象用無線タグ回路素子 (To)を備えた対象用無線タグ (Tb ;Tj)と照合する ための前記対象物情報又はこれに対応する情報を記憶保持することを特徴とする無 線タグ(1¾;丁 ;丁1^)。  A radio tag characterized by storing and holding the target object information or information corresponding to the target radio tag (Tb; Tj) provided with the target radio tag circuit element (To). 1¾; Ding; Ding 1 ^).
[5] 請求項 4記載の無線タグ (Th ;Tkb)にお ヽて、 [5] For the wireless tag (Th; Tkb) according to claim 4,
前記変更用無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記 IC回路部(150)は、  The IC circuit part (150) of the RFID circuit element for change (To)
前記対象物情報としての前記対象物(2; 106; 141)である物品(2; 141)の識別情 報又はこれに対応する情報を記憶保持することを特徴とする無線タグ (Th ;Tkb)。  The wireless tag (Th; Tkb), characterized in that the identification information of the article (2; 141) that is the object (2; 106; 141) as the object information or information corresponding thereto is stored and held. .
[6] 請求項 4記載の無線タグ (Tkj)にお 、て、 [6] In the wireless tag (Tkj) according to claim 4,
前記変更用無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記 IC回路部(150)は、  The IC circuit part (150) of the RFID circuit element for change (To)
前記対象物情報としての前記対象物(2; 106; 141)である人物(106)の識別情報 又はこれに対応する情報を記憶保持することを特徴とする無線タグ (Tkj)。 Identification information of the person (106) as the object (2; 106; 141) as the object information Alternatively, a wireless tag (Tkj) characterized by storing and holding information corresponding thereto.
[7] 請求項 4記載の無線タグ (Tkj; Tkb)にお ヽて、 [7] For the wireless tag (Tkj; Tkb) according to claim 4,
前記変更用無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記 IC回路部(150)は、  The IC circuit part (150) of the RFID circuit element for change (To)
前記対象物情報としての前記対象物(2 ; 106; 141)である物品(141)及び人物(1 The article (141) and the person (1) as the object (2; 106; 141) as the object information
06)の識別情報又はこれに対応する情報を記憶保持することを特徴とする無線タグ(06) A wireless tag characterized by storing or holding identification information or information corresponding thereto (
Tkj ; Tkb)。 Tkj; Tkb).
[8] 請求項 5乃至 7のいずれか 1項記載の無線タグ (Th;Tkj; Tkb)において、  [8] In the wireless tag (Th; Tkj; Tkb) according to any one of claims 5 to 7,
前記変更用無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記 IC回路部(150)は、  The IC circuit part (150) of the RFID circuit element for change (To)
前記対象物情報としての前記識別情報で特定される前記対象物(2; 106; 141)に 係わる被変更情報又はこれに対応する情報を記憶保持することを特徴とする無線タ グ(1¾;丁 ;丁1^)。  The wireless tag (1¾; Ding, characterized by storing and holding information to be changed or information corresponding to the object (2; 106; 141) specified by the identification information as the object information ; Ding 1 ^).
[9] 請求項 8記載の無線タグ (Th)にお 、て、 [9] In the wireless tag (Th) according to claim 8,
前記変更用無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記 IC回路部(150)は、  The IC circuit part (150) of the RFID circuit element for change (To)
前記対象物情報としての前記対象物(2; 106; 141)である物品(2)の前記識別情 報及び前記被変更情報である当該物品(2)の価格情報又はこれに対応する情報と 前記変更化情報としての当該物品(2)の価格変更情報又はこれに対応する情報と を記憶保持することを特徴とする無線タグ (Th)。  The identification information of the article (2) which is the object (2; 106; 141) as the object information and the price information of the article (2) which is the change information or information corresponding thereto, and A wireless tag (Th), which stores and holds price change information of the article (2) or information corresponding thereto as change information.
[10] 請求項 8記載の無線タグ (Tkb)にお ヽて、 [10] For the wireless tag (Tkb) according to claim 8,
前記変更用無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記 IC回路部(150)は、  The IC circuit part (150) of the RFID circuit element for change (To)
前記対象物情報としての前記対象物(2; 106; 141)である物品(141)の前記識別 情報及び前記被変更情報である当該物品(141)の移動制限態様又はこれに対応 する情報と、  The identification information of the article (141) as the object (2; 106; 141) as the object information and the movement restriction mode of the article (141) as the change information or information corresponding thereto,
前記変更化情報としての当該物品(141)の移動制限の解除情報又はこれに対応 する情報と  Information on canceling the movement restriction of the article (141) as the changed information or information corresponding thereto
を記憶保持することを特徴とする無線タグ (Tkb)。  A wireless tag (Tkb) characterized by storing
[11] 請求項 8記載の無線タグ (Tkj)において、 [11] In the wireless tag (Tkj) according to claim 8,
前記変更用無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記 IC回路部(150)は、 前記対象物情報としての前記対象物(2; 106; 141)である人物(106)の前記識別 情報及び前記被変更情報である当該人物(106)の移動制限態様又はこれに対応 する情報と、 The IC circuit part (150) of the RFID circuit element for change (To) The identification information of the person (106) as the object (2; 106; 141) as the object information and the movement restriction mode of the person (106) as the change information or information corresponding thereto,
前記変更化情報としての当該人物(106)の移動制限の解除情報又はこれに対応 する情報と  As the change information, the movement restriction cancellation information of the person (106) or the information corresponding thereto
を記憶保持することを特徴とする無線タグ (Tkj)。  A wireless tag (Tkj) characterized by storing and holding
[12] 請求項 8記載の無線タグ (Tkj; Tkb)にお 、て、 [12] In the wireless tag (Tkj; Tkb) according to claim 8,
前記変更用無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記 IC回路部(150)は、  The IC circuit part (150) of the RFID circuit element for change (To)
前記対象物情報としての前記対象物(106; 141)である人物(106)と物品(141) との前記識別情報及び前記被変更情報である当該人物(106)による物品(141)の 持ち出し '持ち込み制限態様又はこれに対応する情報と、  The identification information between the person (106) as the object (106; 141) and the article (141) as the object information and taking out the article (141) by the person (106) as the change information. Carry-in restriction mode or information corresponding to this,
前記変更化情報としての当該持ち出し '持ち込み制限の解除情報又はこれに対応 する情報と  The information to be taken out as the change information
を記憶保持することを特徴とする無線タグ (Tkj; Tkb)。  A wireless tag (Tkj; Tkb) characterized by storing
[13] IC回路部(150)及びこの IC回路部(150)に接続されたタグ側アンテナ(151)を備 えた無線タグ回路素子 (To)と無線通信により情報の送受信を行う読み取り装置側ァ ンテナ(4 ; 113)と、 [13] A reader-side signal that transmits and receives information by wireless communication with an RFID circuit element (To) having an IC circuit section (150) and a tag-side antenna (151) connected to the IC circuit section (150). With antennas (4; 113),
この読み取り装置側アンテナ (4; 113)を介した無線通信に応じて、  Depending on the wireless communication via this reader side antenna (4; 113)
第 1無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記 IC回路部(150)に記憶保持されたタグ識別情 報に基づき、当該第 1無線タグ回路素子 (To)に関連づけられた対象物(2; 106; 14 1)に係わる対象物情報を取得するとともに、  Based on the tag identification information stored and held in the IC circuit part (150) of the first RFID circuit element (To), the object (2; 106; 14 While acquiring the object information related to 1),
第 2無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記 IC回路部(150)に記憶保持され、当該第 2無 線タグ回路素子 (To)に係わる前記第 1無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記対象物情報 の少なくとも一部を変更処理するための変更化情報又はこれに対応する情報を取得 する情報取得手段 (S135 ; S445; S645, S745)と、  The object information of the first RFID circuit element (To) stored in the IC circuit section (150) of the second RFID circuit element (To) and related to the second wireless tag circuit element (To). Information acquisition means (S135; S445; S645, S745) for acquiring change information or change information for changing at least a part of
前記変更化情報を用いて、前記第 1無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記タグ識別情報 に基づき取得した前記対象物情報の少なくとも一部を変更処理する変更処理手段( S140 ; S450 ; S650, S750)と を有することを特徴とする無線タグ情報読み取り装置(3; 107)。 Change processing means (S140; S450; S650, S750) for changing and processing at least a part of the object information acquired based on the tag identification information of the first RFID circuit element (To) using the changed information )When A wireless tag information reading device (3; 107) characterized by comprising:
[14] 請求項 13記載の無線タグ情報読み取り装置(3 ; 107)において、 [14] In the RFID tag information reading device (3; 107) according to claim 13,
前記情報取得手段(S135 ; S445 ; S645, S745)は、前記第 2無線タグ回路素子( To)の前記 IC回路部(150)に記憶保持された前記対象物情報又はこれに対応する 情報を取得し、  The information acquisition means (S135; S445; S645, S745) acquires the object information stored in the IC circuit section (150) of the second RFID circuit element (To) or information corresponding thereto. And
前記変更処理手段(S140 ; S450 ; S650, S750)は、その第 2無線タグ回路素子( To)に係わる前記対象物情報に基づき、前記第 1無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記タグ 識別情報に基づき取得した前記対象物情報の少なくとも一部を、前記変更化情報を 用いて変更処理する  The change processing means (S140; S450; S650, S750) uses the tag identification information of the first RFID circuit element (To) based on the object information related to the second RFID circuit element (To). At least part of the object information acquired based on the change information is changed using the changed information
ことを特徴とする無線タグ情報読み取り装置(3; 107)。  A wireless tag information reader (3; 107) characterized by the above.
[15] 請求項 14記載の無線タグ情報読み取り装置(3)にお 、て、 [15] In the RFID tag information reading device (3) according to claim 14,
前記情報取得手段 (S135)により、前記第 1無線タグ回路素子 (To)に係わる前記 対象物情報と、前記第 2無線タグ回路素子 (To)に係わる前記対象物情報及び前記 変更化情報とを取得し、前記第 1無線タグ回路素子 (To)のタグ識別情報と前記第 2 無線タグ回路素子 (To)のタグ識別情報との合致性を照合判定する照合手段 (S139 )を有し、  By the information acquisition means (S135), the object information relating to the first RFID circuit element (To), the object information relating to the second RFID circuit element (To), and the changed information are obtained. A verification unit (S139) that acquires and determines the match between the tag identification information of the first RFID circuit element (To) and the tag identification information of the second RFID circuit element (To);
前記変更処理手段 (S140)は、前記照合手段 (S139)で前記タグ識別情報の合致 性が認められると判定された場合に、前記第 1無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記タグ識 別情報に基づき取得した前記対象物情報の少なくとも一部を変更処理する ことを特徴とする無線タグ情報読み取り装置 (3)。  The change processing means (S140) uses the tag identification information of the first RFID circuit element (To) when the matching means (S139) determines that the matching of the tag identification information is recognized. A wireless tag information reading device (3), wherein at least part of the object information acquired based on the change processing is performed.
[16] 請求項 13記載の無線タグ情報読み取り装置(3 ; 107)において、 [16] In the RFID tag information reading device (3; 107) according to claim 13,
前記情報取得手段(S135; S445; S645, S745)は、  The information acquisition means (S135; S445; S645, S745)
前記第 2無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記 IC回路部(150)から前記変更化情報又は これに対応する情報を取得した時刻の前後所定時間範囲内に、前記第 1無線タグ回 路素子 (To)の前記タグ識別情報に基づき前記対象物情報を取得し、  The first RFID circuit element (within a predetermined time range before and after the time when the changed information or the information corresponding thereto is acquired from the IC circuit unit (150) of the second RFID circuit element (To) To obtain the object information based on the tag identification information of To),
前記変更処理手段(S140 ; S450 ; S650, S750)は、前記第 1無線タグ回路素子( To)の前記タグ識別情報に基づき取得した前記対象物情報の少なくとも一部を、前 記変更化情報を用いて変更処理する ことを特徴とする無線タグ情報読み取り装置(3; 107)。 The change processing means (S140; S450; S650, S750) uses at least part of the object information acquired based on the tag identification information of the first RFID circuit element (To) as the change information. Change processing using A wireless tag information reader (3; 107) characterized by the above.
[17] 請求項 13乃至 16のいずれか 1項記載の無線タグ情報読み取り装置(3 ; 107)にお いて、 [17] In the RFID tag information reading device (3; 107) according to any one of claims 13 to 16,
前記情報取得手段(S135; S445; S645, S745)は、  The information acquisition means (S135; S445; S645, S745)
前記第 2無線タグ回路素子 (To)より、前記対象物情報としての前記対象物(2; 10 6; 141)の識別情報及びこの識別情報で特定される前記対象物(2; 106; 141)に係 わる被変更情報又はこれに対応する情報を取得し、  From the second RFID circuit element (To), the identification information of the object (2; 10 6; 141) as the object information and the object (2; 106; 141) specified by this identification information Information to be changed or information corresponding to this,
前記変更処理手段は、前記被変更情報の少なくとも一部を、前記変更化情報を用 いて変更処理する  The change processing means changes at least a part of the changed information using the changed information.
ことを特徴とする無線タグ情報読み取り装置(3; 107)。  A wireless tag information reader (3; 107) characterized by the above.
[18] 情報を記憶する IC回路部(150)と情報の送受信を行うアンテナ(151)とを備えた 無線タグ回路素子 (To)を配置したタグ媒体 (303)又はこれに貼り合わされる被印字 媒体を搬送する搬送手段 (309)と、 [18] Tag medium (303) having RFID circuit element (To) provided with IC circuit unit (150) for storing information and antenna (151) for transmitting and receiving information, or to-be-printed attached to this Conveying means (309) for conveying the medium;
この搬送手段(309)で搬送される前記無線タグ回路素子 (To)との間で、非接触に より情報の送受信可能な通信手段と  Communication means capable of transmitting and receiving information without contact with the RFID circuit element (To) carried by the carrying means (309)
を有するタグラベル作成装置(11, 110)であって、  A tag label producing device (11, 110) having
前記通信手段(301, 306)を介し、前記無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記 IC回路部( 150)に対し、当該無線タグ回路素子 (To)に対し予め想定された対象物(2 ; 106 ; 1 41)に係わる対象物情報の少なくとも一部を変更処理するための変更化情報又はこ れに対応する情報を書き込む、書き込み制御手段 (S315)を有することを特徴とする タグラベル作成装置(11, 110)。  Via the communication means (301, 306), to the IC circuit unit (150) of the RFID circuit element (To), an object (2; 106) assumed in advance for the RFID circuit element (To). 1 41) A tag label producing device (11) characterized by having write control means (S315) for writing modified information for changing or processing at least part of the object information related to 41) or information corresponding thereto. , 110).
[19] 請求項 18記載のタグラベル作成装置(11, 110)において、 [19] In the tag label producing device (11, 110) according to claim 18,
動作モードとして、前記書き込み制御手段 (S315)による前記変更化情報又はこれ に対応する情報の書き込みを行う変更タグモードと、当該変更化情報又はこれに対 応する情報の書き込みを行わない通常タグモードとを切り替えるモード切替手段(S 1 0, S15)を有することを特徴とするタグラベル作成装置(11, 110)。  As an operation mode, a change tag mode for writing the changed information or information corresponding thereto by the write control means (S315), and a normal tag mode for not writing the changed information or information corresponding thereto. A tag label producing device (11, 110) characterized by comprising mode switching means (S 10, S15) for switching between
[20] 請求項 19記載のタグラベル作成装置(11, 110)において、 [20] In the tag label producing device (11, 110) according to claim 19,
前記書き込み制御手段 (S315)は、前記変更化情報又はこれに対応する情報とと もに、前記対象物情報としての前記対象物の識別情報及びこの識別情報で特定さ れる前記対象物(2 ; 106; 141)に係わる被変更情報又はこれに対応する情報を、前 記無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記 IC回路部(150)に書き込み、 The write control means (S315) includes the changed information or information corresponding thereto. In addition, the identification information of the object as the object information and the changed information related to the object (2; 106; 141) specified by the identification information or the information corresponding thereto are stored in the wireless tag. Write to the IC circuit part (150) of the circuit element (To),
前記被変更情報又は前記変更化情報の内容を設定する設定信号を入力する設定 信号入力手段(14 ; 133)を有する  A setting signal input means (14; 133) for inputting a setting signal for setting the contents of the changed information or the changed information;
ことを特徴とするタグラベル作成装置(11, 110)。  Tag label making device (11, 110) characterized by this.
[21] 請求項 20記載のタグラベル作成装置(11)にお 、て、 [21] In the tag label producing device (11) according to claim 20,
前記モード切替手段(S10, S15)は、無線タグ情報読み取り装置(3)からの前記 対象物(2)の識別情報又はこれに対応する情報の入力があった場合には、前記動 作モードを前記変更タグモードに切り替え、  The mode switching means (S10, S15) changes the operation mode when the identification information of the object (2) or information corresponding thereto is input from the RFID tag information reader (3). Switch to the change tag mode,
前記書き込み制御手段 (S315)は、前記識別情報及び対応する前記被変更情報 又はこれに対応する情報を前記無線タグ回路素子 (To)の前記 IC回路部(150)に 書き込む  The write control means (S315) writes the identification information and the corresponding information to be changed or information corresponding thereto in the IC circuit section (150) of the RFID circuit element (To).
ことを特徴とするタグラベル作成装置(11)。  A tag label producing device (11) characterized in that.
[22] 請求項 20又は 21記載のタグラベル作成装置(11)において、 [22] In the tag label producing device (11) according to claim 20 or 21,
表示手段(15)に対し、前記被変更情報及び前記変更化情報の内容を設定する変 更化設定画面を表示する表示信号を出力する表示信号出力手段 (302)を有するこ とを特徴とするタグラベル作成装置(11)。  The display means (15) has display signal output means (302) for outputting a display signal for displaying a change setting screen for setting contents of the changed information and the changed information. Tag label making device (11).
PCT/JP2007/056468 2006-03-28 2007-03-27 Radio tag, radio tag information read device, and tag label creation device WO2007116763A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006-089234 2006-03-28
JP2006089234A JP4707018B2 (en) 2006-03-28 2006-03-28 Wireless tag, wireless tag information reading device, tag label producing device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2007116763A1 true WO2007116763A1 (en) 2007-10-18

Family

ID=38581060

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2007/056468 WO2007116763A1 (en) 2006-03-28 2007-03-27 Radio tag, radio tag information read device, and tag label creation device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP4707018B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2007116763A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2013145454A (en) * 2012-01-13 2013-07-25 Toshiba Tec Corp Information processing device and program
JP2013152761A (en) * 2013-05-08 2013-08-08 Toshiba Tec Corp Information processing apparatus and program

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5239322B2 (en) * 2007-12-03 2013-07-17 株式会社寺岡精工 Product price settlement system
JP5251696B2 (en) * 2009-04-15 2013-07-31 オムロン株式会社 RFID system

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH11129659A (en) * 1997-10-31 1999-05-18 Konica Corp Id card, and id booklet
JP2005078520A (en) * 2003-09-02 2005-03-24 Ntt Docomo Inc Tag information management device

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3578033B2 (en) * 1999-07-30 2004-10-20 株式会社寺岡精工 Product sales management method and product sales data management system
JP2004272356A (en) * 2003-03-05 2004-09-30 Seiko Epson Corp Display information management system, noncontact identification tag, information management device, noncontact identification tag control program, and information management device control program
JP2005084962A (en) * 2003-09-09 2005-03-31 Ntn Corp Machine element component with ic tag

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH11129659A (en) * 1997-10-31 1999-05-18 Konica Corp Id card, and id booklet
JP2005078520A (en) * 2003-09-02 2005-03-24 Ntt Docomo Inc Tag information management device

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2013145454A (en) * 2012-01-13 2013-07-25 Toshiba Tec Corp Information processing device and program
JP2013152761A (en) * 2013-05-08 2013-08-08 Toshiba Tec Corp Information processing apparatus and program

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2007265027A (en) 2007-10-11
JP4707018B2 (en) 2011-06-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1522949B1 (en) Article management apparatus and information processing methods
CN101160609B (en) Handheld electronic article surveillance (eas) device detector/deactivator with integrated data capture system
US20080191878A1 (en) Consumer-Centric Rfid Point of Sale Transaction System and Method
CN101527071B (en) Merchandise sales data processing apparatus and a merchandise sales data processing method
US20050197973A1 (en) Article price management system
JP2008059579A (en) Rfid and its data management system
JP2008052454A (en) Wireless tag communication device
JP2006331069A (en) Merchandise sales management system and method
WO2020179373A1 (en) Store system, store device, payment method, and program
JP4328154B2 (en) Article management system using RFID tag
US20090027205A1 (en) Article sales data processing apparatus
JP5359792B2 (en) Exception processing management device, exception processing management device control method, and program
WO2007116763A1 (en) Radio tag, radio tag information read device, and tag label creation device
CN100550061C (en) Identify the system and method for clauses and subclauses
JP4247155B2 (en) Product sales data processing device
JP2022141481A (en) Information processing device, program and information processing system
JP7173129B2 (en) Collection support device and tag providing method
US9734494B2 (en) POS system and print device
JP6787057B2 (en) Sales data processing system and sales data processing method
JP5079842B2 (en) Product sales data processing apparatus and control program
JP6572296B2 (en) Product management system, product information acquisition device, and product management method
US20090051501A1 (en) Methods and systems of using radio frequency identification tags
JP2006085273A (en) Information transmitting terminal equipment
JP4083648B2 (en) Order accounting system
US20220207315A1 (en) Collection support system, collection terminal device, collection support device, and collection support method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 07739906

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 07739906

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1